eia report for proposed synthetic organic chemical...

SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/AOPL/001/2016-17/O1

EIA Report for Proposed Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufacturing Unit

of M/s Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd.

Plot no. 21/2, Dhatav MIDC , Roha, Raigad.

EIA Consultant

M/s Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd.

QCI QCI-NABET Accredited EIA Consultancy for Schedule 5 (f) Cat ‘A’. Certificate No – NABET/EIA/1518/RA 020

NABL Accredited Laboratory, Valid up to 29.06.2018

Lab. Recognized by MoEF& CC, GOI, Valid up to 2.01.2019

Certified by ISO 9001:2008 & BS OHSAS 18001:2007

310, Dempo Towers, EDC Patto, Panaji, Goa state, India. PIN: 403001

Email : [email protected] / [email protected]

Web site:-www.sadekarenviro.com Telephone: 0832-2437048/2437164

February, 2017

Environmental Impact Assessment Report for Proposed Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufacturing project of M/s Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. Located at Dhatav MIDC, Dhatav, Raigad, Maharashtra. SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/AOPL/001/2016-17/01

INDEX

Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd 1

INDEX

Sr. No Components Page No.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

ES-1 Introduction ES-1

ES-2 History of the project ES-1 to ES-7

ES-3 Justification of project ES-7 to ES-8

ES-4 Process description ES-8

ES-5 Baseline Environmental Status ES-9 to ES-17

ES-6 Prediction of Impacts & its mitigation ES-17 to ES-21

ES-7 Risk Assessment Study ES-22

ES-8 Disaster Management Plan ES-22 to ES-23

ES-9 CSR Activity ES-23

ES-10 Occupational Health Measures ES-24

ES-11 Post Project Monitoring Plan ES-24 to ES-25

ES-12 EMP Cost & Budgetary Allocation ES-25 to ES-26

1) CHAPTER 1 - INTRODUCTION

1.1 Purpose of the project 1-1 to 1-3

1.2 Information about project proponent 1-3

1.3 Brief description of nature, size, location of the project and its

importance to the country, region

1-3 to 1-6

1.3.1 Nature of the project 1-3

1.3.2 Size of project 1-4

1.3.3 Location of the project 1-4

1.3.4 Importance to the country 1-4 to 1-6

1.4 Scope of the study 1-6

1.4.1 Standard TOR by MoEF & CC 1-6 to 1-14

1.4.2 Specific TOR by MoEF & CC dated April 2015 1-14 to 1-15

1.4.3 Additional TOR given by EAC in the 17th

Meeting dated 29th

December 2016

1-16

1.5 Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET Accreditation 1-16 to 1-17

2) CHAPTER 2 – PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 Type of project 2-1

2.2 Need for the project 2-1

2.3 History of the project 2-1 to 2-5

2.4 Size or magnitude of operation 2-6 to 2-7

2.5 Location of the project 2-8 to 2-9

2.5.1 List of major industries within 10 km study area 2-10


INDEX


2.5.2 Land Use details of the project plot area 2-10 to 2-17

2.6 Proposed schedule for approval and implementation 2-17

2.6.1 Status of land acquisition 2-18

2.6.2 Technology & process description 2-18 to 2-25

2.6.3 Details of manufacturing process 2-26 to 2-33

2.7 Description of mitigation measures 2-34 to 2-38

3) CHAPTER 3 – BASE LINE STATUS EVALUATION

3.1 Methodology 3-1 to 3-7

3.2 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring 3-8 to 3-16

3.3 Surface Water Quality 3-17 to 3-26

3.4 Ground Water Quality 3-27 to 3-34

3.5 Noise Level Monitoring 3-35 to 3-40

3.6 Soil Quality 3-41 to 3-48

3.7 Geology & Hydrogeology of the study area 3-49 to 3-52

3.8 Traffic Study 3-53 to 3-64

3.9 Land use Pattern 3-65 to 3-70

3.10 Prevailing Ecology of the Study Area 3-71 to 3-77

3.11 Socio Economy 3-77 to 3-85

4) CHAPTER 4 - ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 Air Environment 4-1 to 4-12

4.2 Water Environment 4-13 to 4-36

4.3 Noise Environment 4-26 to 4-34

4.4 Details of hazardous and non-hazardous waste generation and their

storage, utilization and management

4-35 to 4-36

4.5 Soil environment 4-37 to 4-38

4.6 Biological environment 4-38 to 4-40

4.7 Land environment 4-40 to 4-41

4.8 Odour 4-41 to 4-43

5) CHAPTER 5 – ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE

5.1 Introduction 5-1

5.2 Analysis of alternative site 5-1

5.3 Analysis of alternative technology 5-1

6) CHAPTER 6 – ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

PROGRAM


INDEX



6.2 Monitoring points/locations and components 6-1

6.3 Post project monitoring parameters & frequency 6-2

6.4 Monitoring methodologies 6-3

6.5 Documentation and Reporting 6-3

6.6 Budget & procurement schedule 6-3 to 6-4

7) CHAPTER 7 – ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 Public Hearing 7-1

7.2 Risk Assessment 7-2

7.3 HAZOP Study 7-2 to 7-4

7.4 Aerial Location of Hazardous Atmosphere (ALOHA) 7-5 to 7-14

7.5 DOW Fire and Explosion Index 7-14 to 7-21

7.6 Toxicity (Monds) Index 7-21 to 7-36

7.7 Disaster Management Plan 7-37 to 7- 50

7.8 Off-Site Emergency Preparedness Plan 7-50 to 7-56

7.8 Socio Economic status of the study area 7-56

8) PROJECT BENEFITS 8-1

9) ENVIRONMENTAL COST

BENEFIT ANALYSIS

9-1

10) ENVIRONMENTAL

MANAGEMENT PLAN


10.2 Organizational Structure Of Environmental Management 10-2

10.3 Budget for Environmental Management / Environmental Pollution

Control Measures

10-3

10.4 Details of EMP Budgetary Allocation 10-3 to 10-5

10.5 Details of Environmental Mitigation Measures 10-5 to 10-10

10.6 Fly Ash utilization as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009.

10-11

10.7 Action Plan for Green Belt Development 10-11 to 10-18

10.8 Action plan for rain water harvesting measures at plant site 10-19

10.9 Storm Water Management 10-20

10.10 Solvent Management System 10-21 to 10-22

10.11 CSR Activity (Enterprises Social Commitment) 10-23 to 10-24

10.12 Occupational Health 10-24 to 10-25


INDEX


10.13 Corporate Environmental Policy 10-25 to 10-27

11) CHAPTER 11: SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

11.1 Salient Features Of The Project 11-1 to 11-2

11.2 Conclusion 11-3

12) CHAPTER 12: DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT 12-1 to 12-5


INDEX


LIST OF TABLES

Table

no. Name of Table Page No

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

ES-1 Chronological Events of the Project ES-2

ES-2 Salient Features of the Project ES-6

ES-3 Indicating persons correlation among variable (N=50)1 ES-17

ES-4 Summary of Impacts & Mitigation Measures ES-17

ES-5 Details of CSR Activities ES-23

ES-6 Environmental Monitoring Program ES-24

ES-7 Cost details for Environmental Management ES-25

1) CHAPTER 1 - INTRODUCTION

1.1 Compliance of Standard TOR 1-6

1.2 Compliance of Specific TOR by MoEF & CC 1-14

1.3 Compliance of EAC Additional TOR 1-16

1.4 Details of Accreditation of SEEPL 1-16

2) CHAPTER - PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 Detailed Chronology of Events 2-2

2.2 Project details 2-6

2.3 Latitude & Longitude of factory corners 2-9

2.4 Immediate surroundings to the project site 2-9

2.5 List of major industries 2-10

2.6 Area break up details of the project plot area 2-10

2.7 Details of Nearby Ecosensitive area 2-16

2.8 Project Status 2-17

2.9 Schedule for approval and implementation 2-18

2.10 List of raw materials 2-19

2.11 Properties of Raw Material 2-20

2.12 List of products 2-22

2.13 List of existing major equipments & machineries 2-23

2.14 Overview of probable environmental pollution & mitigation measures

during construction & operational phase

2-34

3) CHAPTER 3 - PREVAILINMG ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

3.1 Monthly data from IMD 2010 to 2014 3-3

3.2 Site Specific Micro Meteorology Data (March to May, 2015) 3-6

3.3 Methodology Used for Ambient Air Analysis 3-9

3.4 Details of Sampling Selected Locations (AAQ) 3-10

3.5 Ambient Air Quality Status (Criteria Pollutants) 3-13


INDEX


3.6 Results of Additional Air Quality Parameters at Project Site 3-16

3.7 Methodologies Used for Water Analysis 3-19

3.8 Details of Surface Water Quality Monitoring Stations 3-22

3.9 Surface Water Quality Results 3-23

3.10 IS: 2296–1982_Inland_Surface_Water_Stds 3-24

3.11 Details of Sampling Locations for Ground Water samples 3-27

3.12 Techniques Used for Water Analysis 3-29

3.13 Ground Water Quality Results 3-32

3.14 IS:10500:2012 Standards for Drinking Water 3-33

3.15 Details of Noise Quality Monitoring Stations 3-39

3.16 Result of Ambient Noise Monitoring 3-39

3.17 Details of Soil Quality Sampling Stations 3-44

3.18 Methodologies for soil sampling 3-44

3.19 Results of soil monitoring 3-46

3.20 Chemical Classification of Soil Quality 3-47

3.21 Levels of Soil Fertility 3-48

3.22 Traffic study observation locations 3-56

3.23 Recommended PCU factors for various types of vehicles on urban roads 3-56

3.24 Summary of traffic in terms of PCUs observed at observation point (TS1-TS4) 3-62

3.25 PCUs Sampling Locations 3-63

3.26 Summary of increased traffic in terms of PCUs due to proposed project 3-64

3.27 Categorization of based on its use (10 Km aerial distance ) 3-67

3.28 Descriptive Statistics indicating mean and standard deviation (N=50) 3-78

3.29 indicating Pearson’s correlation among variables (N=50)1 3-79

4) CHAPTER 4 - ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS &

MITIGATION MEASURES Page No.

4.1 Atmospheric inversion level at Dhatav, Raigad, Maharashtra 4-5

4.2 Model Input Parameters for Boiler 4-6

4.3 Interpretation of the Incremental Values 4-8

4.4 Water Balance 4-15

4.5 Characteristics of the High & Low TDS/COD Wastewater 4-20

4.6 Dimensions of proposed ETP for treatment of HCOD/TDS effluent 4-22

4.7 Dimensions of proposed ETP for treatment of LCOD/TDS effluent 4-22

4.8 Noise Level generation from Construction Equipments

4-26

4.9 Noise Model Input Data 4-28

4.10 Noise dispersion data 4-28

4.11 Assumed Noise level values for Operational Phase 4-30

4.12 Noise Model Input Data 4-31


INDEX


4.13 Noise dispersion data 4-32

4.14 Details of Byproduct 4-35

4.15 Waste generation and disposal method 4-36

6) CHAPTER 6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

6.1 Post project monitoring parameters & frequency 6-2

7) CHAPTER 7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 HAZOP Study Recommendations 7-3

7.2 Tank Storage Details 7-7

7.3 ALOHA footprints 7-8

7.4 List of hazardous chemicals and its respective DOW F& E Index 7-14

7.5 Calculated Mond’s Index and degree of Hazard for Hazardous

chemicals.

7-30

7.6 Salient Features of Project

7-37

7.7 Details of fire fighting system 7-41

7.8 Details of external agencies to be involved during emergency 7-54


INDEX


LIST OF FIGURES

Figure no. Name of Figure Page No.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

ES-1 Google Earth Image: Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. ES-1

ES-2 Process Description Diagram ES-8

ES-3 Graphical representation of PM10 g/m3 ES-11

ES-4 Graphical representation of PM2.5 g/m3 ES-11

ES-5 Graphical representation of SO2 g/m3 ES-11

ES-6 Graphical representation of NOX g/m3 ES-11

ES-7 Graphical Representation of CO (mg/m3) ES-12

ES-8 Graphical Representation of Noise Level ES-15

ES-8 Maximum credible Loss Scenario: Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. ES-22

2) CHAPTER 2 - PROJECT DESCIRPTION

2.1 Google Earth image depicting plot boundary of Ambernath Organics

Pvt. Ltd. 2-8

2.2 MIDC layout of Dhatav industrial area - D Block 2-11

2.3 Location of Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. On SOI Toposheet 2-12

2.4 Plot layout of Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. 2-13

2.5 Existing factory & utilities photographs of Modepro India Pvt. Ltd. 2-14

3) CHAPTER 3 -PREVAILING ENVIRONMENTLA STATUS

3.1 Methodology For EIA 3-2

3.2 Annual Windrose from 2010-2014 3-4

3.3 Windrose from Secondary for year, 2010-2014 3-4

3.4 Windrose from Secondary data for Sampling Period 3-4

3.5 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations (Google Earth Imagery) 3-11

3.6 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations (SOI map)

3-12

3.7 Surface Water Quality Monitoring Locations (Google Earth Imagery) 3-20

3.8 Surface Water Quality Monitoring Locations (SOI map) 3-21

3.9 Ground Water Quality Monitoring Locations (Google Earth Imagery) 3-30

3.10 Ground Water Sampling Locations (SOI map) 3-31

3.11 Noise Level Monitoring Locations on Google Earth Imagery 3-37

3.12 Sampling Locations for Noise Monitoring on SOI map 3-38

3.13 Soil Quality Sampling Locations (Google Earth Imagery) 3-42

3.14 Soil Quality Sampling Locations (SOI map) 3-43

3.15 Geological Map of Raigad District 3-51

3.16 Traffic Observation Locations 3-55

3.17 Percentage of vehicle count at (TS1) during evening peak hours (8 AM to 9

AM) 3-57


INDEX



AM) 3-57

3.19 Percentage of vehicle count at (TS1) during evening peak hours (4 PM to 5

PM) 3-58


PM) 3-58


AM) 3-59


AM) 3-59


PM) 3-59


PM) 3-59


AM) 3-60


AM) 3-60


PM) 3-60


PM) 3-60


AM) 3-61


AM) 3-61


PM) 3-61


PM) 3-61

3.33 Land Use Land Cover Map of the Study Area 3-66

3.34 Percentage wise Land Use classification of the study area 3-68

3.35 Percentage wise Land Cover classification of the study area 3-68

3.36 Map depicting Drainage Pattern of the study area 3-70

3.37 10 km radial study area (Google Earth Imagery) 3-72

4) CHAPTER 4 - ANTICIPATED IMPACTS & MITIGATION

MEASURES

4.1 Scrubber diagram 4-12

4.2 Proposed water balance for Dry Season 4-18

4.3 Proposed water balance for wet season 4-19

4.4 Flow chart of the effluent treatment plant for HCOD/TDS 4-24

4.5 Flow chart of the effluent treatment plant for LCOD/TDS 4-25

7) CHAPTER 7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES


INDEX


7.1 Description of AEGL levels 7-6

7.2 Schematic Representation of organizational structure of environment

management 7-44

Environmental Impact Assessment Report for Proposed Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufacturing unit of M/s Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. Located at Dhatav MIDC, Roha, Raigad, Maharashtra. SEEPL/EIA/F/IND/AOPL/001/2016-17/01

Terms of Reference

Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd ToR-1

Terms of Reference

The proposal for approval of ToR ( Terms of Reference) were submitted to MoEF& CC, New

Delhi on 21st November 2016. Whereas the project were discussed & TOR were granted for

preparation of EIA/EMP report in 17th

EAC meeting held on 29th

December 2016.

The Project Specific ToR given by EAC in its 17th

EAC meeting (Item No: 17.11.5) is tabulated

below:

Standard Terms of Reference

Sr. No. Standard TOR Compliance

1 Executive Summary of EIA report ES-1 to ES-

2 Introduction

Details of the EIA Consultant including

NABET accreditation

Chapter 1 Page No - 1-16 to 1-17

Information about the project proponent Chapter 1 Page No -1-3

Importance and benefits of the project Chapter 1 Page No -1-4 to 1-6

3 Project Description

Cost of project and time of completion. Chapter 2 Page No -2-6 & 2-17 to 2-18

Products with capacities for the proposed

project.

Chapter 2 Page No - 2-22

If expansion project, details of existing

products with capacities and whether

adequate land is available for expansion,

reference of earlier EC if any.

NA

List of raw materials required and their

source along with mode of transportation


Other chemicals and materials required

with quantities and storage capacities NA

Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous

waste generation and their management.


Requirement of water, power, with source

of supply, status of approval, water

balance diagram, man-power requirement

(regular and contract)

Chapter 2 Page No -2-6

Process description along with major Chapter 2 Page No – 2-23 to 2-33


Terms of Reference


equipments and machineries, process

flow sheet (quantative) from raw material

to products to be provided.

Hazard identification and details of

proposed safety systems

Chapter 7

Expansion/modernization proposals: NA

Copy of all the Environmental

Clearance(s) including Amendments

thereto obtained for the project from

MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an

Annexure. A certified copy of the latest

Monitoring Report of the Regional Office

of the Ministry of Environment and

Forests as per circular dated 30th May,

2012 on the status of compliance of

conditions stipulated

in all the existing environmental

clearances including Amendments shall

be provided. In addition, status of

compliance of Consent to Operate for the

ongoing/ existing operation of the project

from SPCB shall be attached with the

EIA-EMP report

NA

In case the existing project has not

obtained environmental clearance,

reasons for not taking EC under the

provisions of the EIA Notification 1994

and/or EIA Notification

2006 shall be provided. Copies of

Consent to Establish/No Objection

Certificate and Consent to Operate (in

case of units operating prior to EIA

Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY

2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB

shall be submitted. Further, compliance

report to the conditions of consents from

the SPCB shall be submitted.

NA

4 Site Details

Location of the project site covering

village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State,

Justification for selecting the site, whether

other sites were considered.

Chapter 2 Page No -2-8 to 2-9 &

Chapter -5


Terms of Reference


A toposheet of the study area of radius of

10km and site location on

1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2

sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas

and environmentally sensitive places)

Chapter 2 Page No – 2- 12

Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection

of site

Chapter 5

Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners

of the site.


Google map-Earth downloaded of the

project site.


Layout maps indicating existing unit as

well as proposed unit indicating storage

area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities

etc. If located within an Industrial

area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial

Area indicating location of unit within the

Industrial area/Estate.


Photographs of the proposed and

existing (if applicable) plant site. If

existing, show photographs of

plantation/greenbelt, in particular.

Chapter 2 Page No -2-14 to 2-15

Landuse break-up of total land of the

project site (identified and acquired),

government/ private - agricultural, forest,

wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc

shall be included. (not required for

industrial area)


A list of major industries with name and

type within study area (10km radius)

shall be incorporated. Land use details of

the study area


Geological features and Geo-hydrological

status of the study area shall be included


Details of Drainage of the project up to

5km radius of study area. If the site is

within 1 km radius of any major river,

peak and lean season river discharge as

well as flood occurrence frequency based

on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years.

Details of Flood Level of the project site

and maximum Flood Level of the river



Terms of Reference


shall also be provided. (mega green field

projects)

Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition

is not complete, stage of the acquisition

process and expected time of complete

possession of the land.


R&R details in respect of land in line with

state Government policy. NA

5 Forest and wildlife related issues (if

applicable):

NA

6 Environmental Status

Determination of atmospheric inversion

level at the project site and site-specific

micrometeorological data using

temperature, relative humidity, hourly

wind speed and direction and rainfall.


AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8

locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX,

CO and other parameters relevant to the

project shall be collected. The monitoring

stations shall be based on CPCB

guidelines and take into account the pre-

dominant wind direction, population zone

and sensitive receptors including reserved

forests.


Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12

weeks of all stations as per frequency

given in the NAQQM Notification of

Nov. 2009 along with - min., max.,

average and 98% values for each of the

AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ

stations should be provided as an

annexure to the EIA Report.


Surface water quality of nearby River

(100m upstream and downstream of

discharge point) and other surface drains

at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF &

CC guidelines.


Whether the site falls near to polluted

stretch of river identified by the

CPCB/MoEF &CC, if yes give details.



Terms of Reference


Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8

locations shall be included.


Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations

within the study area.


Soil Characteristic as per CPCB

guidelines.


Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles,

frequency of vehicles for transportation of

materials, additional traffic due to

proposed project, parking arrangement

etc.


Detailed description of flora and fauna

(terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the

study area shall be given with special

reference to rare, endemic and endangered

species. If Schedule-I fauna are found

within the study area, a wildlife

Conservation Plan shall be prepared and

furnished.


Socio-economic status of the study area. Chapter 3 Page No -3-77 to 3-85

7 Impact and Environment Management

Plan

Assessment of ground level concentration

of pollutants from the stack emission

based on site-specific meteorological

features. In case the project is located on a

hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall be

done using inputs of the specific terrain

characteristics for determining the

potential impacts of the project on the

AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of

emissions (including transportation) on

the AAQ of the area shall be assessed.

Details of the model used and the input

data used for modelling shall also be

provided. The air quality contours shall be

plotted on a location map showing the

location of project site, habitation nearby,

sensitive receptors, if any.


Water Quality modelling - in case of

discharge in water body



Terms of Reference


Impact of the transport of the raw

materials and end products on the

surrounding environment shall be

assessed and provided. In this regard,

options for transport of raw materials and

finished products and wastes (large

quantities) by rail or rail-cum road

transport or conveyor cum rail transport

shall be examined.


A note on treatment of wastewater from

different plant operations, extent recycled

and reused for different purposes shall be

included. Complete scheme of effluent

treatment. Characteristics of untreated and

treated effluent to meet the prescribed

standards of discharge under E(P) Rules.


Details of stack emission and action plan

for control of emissions to meet standards.


Measures for fugitive emission control Chapter 4 Page No -4-3

Details of hazardous waste generation and

their storage, utilization and management.

Copies of MOU regarding utilization of

solid and hazardous waste in cement plant

shall also be included. EMP shall include

the concept of waste-minimization,

recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy

conservation, and natural resource

conservation.


Proper utilization of fly ash shall be

ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009.

A detailed plan of action shall be

provided.


Action plan for the green belt

development plan in 33 % area i.e. land

with not less than1,500 trees per ha.

Giving details of species, width of

plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be

included. The green belt shall be around

the project boundary and a scheme for

greening of the roads used for the project

shall also be incorporated.


Action plan for rainwater harvesting Chapter 10 Page No -10-19


Terms of Reference


measures at plant site shall be submitted

to harvest rainwater from the roof tops

and storm water drains to recharge the

ground water and also to use for the

various activities at the project site to

conserve fresh water and reduce the water

requirement from other sources.

Total capital cost and recurring

cost/annum for environmental pollution

control measures shall be included.


Action plan for post-project

environmental monitoring shall be

submitted.


Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and

Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency

Management Plan including Risk

Assessment and damage control. Disaster

management plan should be linked with

District Disaster Management Plan.


8 Occupational health

Plan and fund allocation to ensure the

occupational health & safety of all

contract and casual workers


Details of exposure specific health status

evaluation of worker. If the workers'

health is being evaluated by pre designed

format, chest x rays, Audiometry,

Spirometry, Vision testing (Far& Near

vision, colour vision and any other ocular

defect) ECG, during pre placement and

periodical examinations give the details of

the same. Details regarding last month

analyzed data of above mentioned

parameters as per age, sex, duration of

exposure and department wise.

Details of existing Occupational & Safety

Hazards. What are the exposure levels of

hazards and whether they are within

Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these

are not within PEL, what measures the

company has adopted to keep them within

PEL so that health of the workers can be


Terms of Reference


preserved.

Annual report of heath status of workers

with special reference to Occupational

Health and Safety.

9 Corporate Environment Policy

Does the company have a well laid down

Environment Policy approved by its

Board of Directors? If so, it may be

detailed in the EIA report.


Does the Environment Policy prescribe

for standard operating process /

procedures to bring into focus any

infringement / deviation / violation of the

environmental or forest norms /

conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the

EIA.

What is the hierarchical system or

Administrative order of the company to

deal with the environmental issues and for

ensuring compliance with the

environmental clearance conditions?

Details of this system may be given.

Does the company have system of

reporting of non compliances / violations

of environmental norms to the Board of

Directors of the company and / or

shareholders or stakeholders at

large? This reporting mechanism shall be

detailed in the EIA report

10 Details regarding infrastructure

facilities such as sanitation, fuel,

restroom etc. to be provided to the

labour force during construction as well

as to the casual workers including truck

drivers during operation phase.

11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the

project cost) shall be earmarked towards

the Enterprise Social Commitment based

on Public Hearing issues and item-wise

details along with time bound action plan

shall be included. Socio-economic



Terms of Reference


development activities need to be

elaborated upon.

Action Plan for CSR Activity Chapter 10 Page No -10-23

12 Any litigation pending against the project

and/or any direction/order passed by any

Court of Law against the project, if so,

details thereof shall also be included. Has

the unit received any notice under the

Section 5 of Environment (Protection)

Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and

Water Acts? If so, details thereof and

compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and

present status of the case.

NA

Specific Terms of Reference:

Sr. No. Specific TOR Compliance

1 Details on solvents to be used measures

for solvent recovery and for emissions

control.


2 Details of process emissions from the

proposed unit and its arrangement to

control.


3 Ambient air quality data should include

VOC, other process- specific pollutants*

like NH3*, chlorine*,

HCl*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*,etc.,(* as

applicable)


4 Work zone monitoring arrangements for

hazardous chemicals.

5 Detailed effluent treatment scheme

including segregation of effluent streams

for units adopting 'Zero' liquid discharge.


6 Action plan for odour control to be

submitted.


7 A copy of the Memorandum of

Understanding signed with cement

manufacturers indicating clearly that they

co-process organic solid/hazardous waste

generated.

NA

8 Authorization/Membership for the -


Terms of Reference


disposal of liquid effluent in CETP and

solid/hazardous waste in TSDF, if any.

9 Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers

salts


10 Material Safety Data Sheet for all the

Chemicals are being used/will be used.

-

11 Authorization/ Membership for the

disposal of solid/hazardous waste in

TSDF

-

12 Details of incinerator if to be installed NA

13 Risk assessment for storage and handling

chemicals/solvents. Action plan for

handling and safety system to be

incorporated.

Chapter 7

14 Arrangement for ensuring health and

safety of workers engaged in handling of

toxic materials.

Chapter 10

Additional Terms of Reference (EAC):


1 PP shall develop Green Belt with 10 meter

width in the peripheral of the boundary of

the project site.


2 PP shall ensure Zero Liquid Discharge. Chapter 4 Page No -4-20 to 4-25

3 Coal shall not be used as a fuel source. Chapter 2 Page No -2-6

4 PP shall submit a revised Layout Plan. Chapter 2 Page No -2-13


Executive Summary

Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd ES-1

Executive Summary

ES-1 -Introduction

M/s Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. is

Green Field project. The project will be

executed at Dhatav MIDC. As per the

Environment Impact Assessment

Notification dated 26th

September 2006

the proposed project comes under the

schedule 5 (f) & since the working terms

of the SEAC-I committee has been

expired, the project is considered as „A‟

category project by EAC. The company is

classified as red category industry by

Maharashtra Pollution Control Board. The

company is located at Plot No – 21/2, Dhatav MIDC, Roha, Raigad and state Maharashtra.

ES-2 – History of the project

The company will be located at plot no 21/2, Dhatav MIDC, Roha, District- Raigad and state

Maharashtra. Company is manufacturer of synthetic organic chemicals which is having

applications in variety of end use in the food and allied sector. As all products manufactured by

company are export quality products and have great demand. Being Food grade and non

hazardous product, these product manufacturing is safe and non hazardous. Company intends to

reduce the demand and supply gap in the overseas market. The salient features of the project are

given in table no ES-2. The details chronology of event for this project is as below.

Figure: ES-1 Google Earth Image: M/s Ambernath

Organics Pvt. Ltd.


Executive Summary


Table No. ES-1: Chronological Events of the Project

Sr. No Date/ Period Event

Decisions /Remark by SEAC-1

(Maharashtra) / EAC,

MoEF&CC

1 29th

June 2010

The plot no 21/2, Dhatav MIDC,

Roha , Raigad has been

purchased by M/s Ambernath

Organics Pvt. Ltd. from M/s.

Spareage Seals Ltd. with

available infrastructure. The lease

agreement with MIDC was done

on dt. 10th

June 2010. (Refer

attached Lease agreement vide

no. MIDC/ROP/Roha/009/2010).

While the deed of assignment

between Sparage Seals Ltd &

Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd.

was made on 29th

June 2010

(Refer attached Deed of

assignment – Case Adj No

700/2010)

--

2 16th

May 2015

Application submitted to SEAC-

I, Maharashtra for approval of

ToR

--

3 15th

& 16th

June 2015

Project listed in 103rd

SEAC-1

meeting (Maharashtra State) for

approval of ToR

Committee has approved the ToR

for preparation of EIA report.

4 2nd

February 2016

EIA report submitted to

Environment Department,

Maharashtra

--

5 24

th – 26

th February

2016

In 122nd

SEAC-1 meeting,

Presentation of EIA report to

SEAC-1 ( Maharashtra State)

The SEAC-I (Maharashtra State)

observed that proposed synthetic

organic chemical industry is a red

category industry

Proposed in MIDC Dhatav,

Taluka- Roha, District-Raigad.

Dhatav village has been declared

as an Ecosensitive area in Draft

Notification for Western Ghats


Executive Summary


dated 4th Sept. 2015.

Therefore the Committee decided

to hold the proposal in abeyance

till the Draft Notification is

Finalized.

6 29th

February 2016

Application submitted to

MoEF&CC, GOI considering the

project as „A‟ Category based on

the decision of SEAC-I,

Environment Department of

Maharashtra

--

7 17th

April 2016

Essential Details Sought by

Member secretary of EAC,

MoEF&CC

Please attached copy of gazette

notification for consideration of

project as „A‟ category

8 24th

April 2016

The documents like Maharashtra

Government Gazette Feb 20

1964 regarding notification of

MIDC for Dhatav area, MoM of

103rd SEAC-I Meeting, MoM of

122nd SEAC-1 Meeting, Draft

notification of western ghats

dated 4th Sept 2015, Notification

no. S.O 1599 (E) dated 25th

June 2014 for consideration of

project as 'A' category, has been

submitted to EAC, MoEF&CC

--

9 5

th

June 2016

Decision of The Member

Secretary, EAC, MoEF&CC,

GOI

Similar to this ministry has

transferred such cases to

SEIAA/SEAC, Maharashtra till

the notification is finalized.

Through this EDS, SEIAA/SEAC

are advise to consider the project

as per the existing position. PP

may approach to SEIAA/SEAC

accordingly.

10 15th

June 2016 Based on the decision of the --


Executive Summary


EAC, Again request letter for

reconsideration of the project

along with the EIA report was

submitted to SEAC-I,


Maharashtra

11 2nd

July 2016

Project listed in 130th SEAC-1

meeting for presentation of EIA

report before SEAC-I,

Environment department of

Maharashtra.

The project was previously

considered in the 85th

,105th

, &

122th meeting. In the 122th

meeting it was observed that the

proposed synthetic organic

chemical industry was red

category industry proposed in

MIDC dhatav, Taluka –Roha,

District –Raigad. Dhatav village

has been declared as an Eco-

sensitive area in the draft

notification of western ghats

dated 4th

September 2015.

Therefore the committee decided

to hold the proposal in abeyance

till the draft notification is

finalized.

Subsequently, the PP applied to

the central EAC to consider the

project as „A‟ category. The

Member Secretary, Central EAC

pointed that MoEFCC has

transferred similar cases to

SEIAA/SEAC Maharashtra for

consideration as a „B‟ Category

project till the Draft notification

was finalized.

The committee deliberated on this

advice and concluded that unless

the MoEF&CC gives clear

directives to appraise the project

located in an area which appears

as Ecologically Sensitive in the

draft notification for ESA villages

in the western ghats, the

committee would much rather


Executive Summary


wait till the said notification is

finalized, Hence deferred.

12 30th

September 2016

Again request letter for

reconsideration of the project

along with the EIA report was

submitted to SEAC-I,


Maharashtra

--

13 6th

October 2016


meeting for presentation of EIA

report before SEAC-I,

Environment department of

Maharashtra.

PP remain present, the committee

pointed out that in the 130th

meeting decision was taken that

the project was located in an area

which appears as Ecologically

Sensitive in the Draft Notification

for ESA villages in the Western

Ghats. The Committee decided to

wait till the said Notification was

finalized; therefore the

Committee did not take up the

case for appraisal.

14 26th

October 2016 Maharashtra SEAC-I

Dissolve

The State Expert Appraisal

Committee of Maharashtra has

dissolved on 26th October 2016

15 21st November 2016

Application submitted to MoEF

& CC, GOI --

16 28th

November 2016 Proposal Accepted by MS --

17 19th

December 2016 Project considered for TOR --

18 29th

December 2016 17

th EAC (Industry-2) meeting

for approval of ToR

ToR granted for preparation of

EIA/EMP report by EAC as „A‟

Cat. Project


Executive Summary


Table No. ES-2: Salient Features of the Project

Sr.

No. Particulars Status

1 Products Type Synthetic Organic Chemicals

2 Project Type New

3 Schedule 5(f)

4 Project Category „A‟

5

Area Statement (Sq. m.)

Total Plot Area 15703.00

Total Built-up area 4688.38

Ground Coverage Area 4217.4

Green Belt Area 3805.75 ( 39.6% of Open Area)

Parking area 1885.00

Open Area 5794.85

6 Production Details Main Product : 5825 MT/A

By-Product : 710.16 MT/A

7 Project Cost (Rs.) 8.73 Cr

8 EMP Cost (Rs.) 2.71 Cr

9 Power Requirement 520 KW

10 Water requirement 391.26 CMD

11 Effluent Generation 191.12 CMD

12 Man power 105 Nos

13

Utilities capacity

Boiler 1) 2 x 1,000 kg/hr

2) 3 X 800 kg/Hr

14

Fuel requirement

Boiler Furnace Oil : 7.1 KL/D

15 Stack Height


Executive Summary


Boiler

Two stacks of 33 meter & 31 meter height ( One

combined stack for boilers of 800kg/hr capacity & One

combined stack for boilers of 1MT/Hr capacity )

ETP details

17 HCOD effluent 158 CMD

18 LCOD effluent including

sewage 35 CMD

19 Amount of effluent sent to

CETP It‟s a ZLD Project

Scrubber details

1 Scrubber 2 Nos X 1000 CFM Alkali Scrubbers for Process

Emissions

19

Hazardous waste generation

ETP Sludge (cat.35.3) 0.5 MT/M CHWTSDF

Spent oil from gear box

(cat.5.1) 0.0216 L/M

MPCB Authorized

Vendor

Storage drums/ raw material

sacks

(cat.33.1)

100 drums/Y &

160000 no. sacks/Y

MPCB Authorized

Recycler

MEE Residue (NaCl)

(cat.37.3) 16.6 MT/D Sold to End user

Distillation Residue

(cat.20.3) 8.75 MT/M

Sold as Second

grade product.

ES-3 Justification of project

M/s Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd is manufacturer of synthetic organic chemicals. Company has

two operational units at Ambernath and Badlapur industrial areas. All products of this company

are mainly perfumery and flavoring reagents, Food grade flavors having applications in variety

of end use in the food and allied sector. Over the years Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. have built

a close and enduring relationship with multinational companies and has in place a credible

selling arrangement with them for most of the products in the Indian and overseas market.


Executive Summary


Innovating methodologies, processes and developing strong chemistry skills, company has

emerged as a cost effective manufacturer and a preferred source of chemicals conforming to

standards equal to the best in the world. By considering the past and existing market demand of

these products, company intends to install and start their new setup at Plot No- 21/2, Dhatav

MIDC, Roha, Dist- Raigad and State Maharashtra for manufacturing of their seven numbers of

products with production capacity of 5825 MT/A. The estimated cost of the project would be

around 8.73 Cr.

ES-4 Process Description:

Figure ES-2. Process Description Diagram


Executive Summary


ES-5 Baseline Environmental Status

Air Environment

PM10

The study reveals that maximum concentration on 24-hourly basis was observed to be in the

range of 49.6 & 75.2 µg/m3. The highest 24-hourly concentration was recorded at sampling

location A1. At the same time minimum average 24-hourly concentration was observed at

location A8. The average concentration of PM10 can be said to be ranged between 44.4µg/m3 to

74.1µg/m3. The high concentration of particulate matter recorded at project site (A1) may be due

to industrial emissions and vehicular traffic flow in the MIDC area.

PM2.5

The major source of PM2.5 is said to be the combustion of fossil fuel, fire wood etc. The

maximum 24 hourly concentration of PM2.5 (45.4 µg/m3) during the study period was recorded at

location A1, whereas the minimum 15.4 µg/m3 concentration was recorded at A8 location which

is a remote rural area. The minimum concentration indicates that the residential area experiences

minimal combustion and vehicular activity. On the other hand high concentration at location A1

indicates that the area experiences high emissions from combustion of fossil fuel and vehicular

movement in the surroundings. The average 24 hourly concentration of PM2.5 during the study

period was computed to be in the range of 17.1 – 42.7 µg/m3.

Sulphur dioxide (SO2)

High level of SO2 in ambient air indicates the presence of combustion fossil fuel in the vicinity.

The ambient air monitoring results indicate that the highest average concentration of SO2 is

experienced at the project site, i.e. location A1. The constant traffic and regular movement of

heavy vehicles in and around the MIDC area and the sampling station can be considered as the

principle source of emission for SO2. The average concentration of SO2 recorded at all the

monitoring locations during the study period ranged between 10.2 µg/m3 & 28.4µg/m

3

respectively. It should be noted that maximum 24-hourly average concentration was recorded at


Executive Summary


location A1 while the lowest can be observed at location A8. The location A8 can be said to be

scarcely populated and is located near the reserved forest. Hence low levels of anthropogenic

activities and emissions are observed in the area.

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX)

The various forms of Nitrogen in NO, NO2 and N2O are collectively called as Oxides of

Nitrogen. The highest value of 24-hourly average of NOX during the monitoring period was

observed at location A1 while the minimum average was recorded at A8. The average

concentrations were in the range of 16.5 – 39.4 µg/m3. The maximum 24 hourly value of NOX

was recorded at the monitoring location A1 (45.2 µg/m3) whereas the minimum concentration of

NOx was recorded at location A8 (14.6 µg/m3).


Executive Summary


Fig. ES 3 Graphical representation of PM10 g/m3 Fig. ES4 Graphical representation of PM2.5g/m

3

Fig. ES 5 Graphical representation of SO2 g/m3 Fig. ES 6 Graphical representation of NOX g/m3

Min

Max0

20

40

60

80

100

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Min Avg Max Std.

Min

Max0

20

40

60

80

100

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Min Avg Max Std.

01020304050607080

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Min Avg Max Std.

01020304050607080

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Min Avg Max Std.


Executive Summary


0.0

1.0

2.0

3.0

4.0

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7A8

Min Avg Max Std.

Fig. ES 7 Graphical representation of CO g/m3

Carbon monoxide (CO)

The anthropogenic source of CO is due to incomplete combustion of fossil fuel (by

vehicle movement) or wood around the given area. The maximum 1 hourly average

concentration of CO estimated at all locations during the study period can be observed to be

within 0.09 to 2.3 mg/m3

respectively. The minimum 1 hourly concentration at all locations

ranged between 0.05 and 1.5 mg/m3. The highest average is calculated at location A1 and the

lowest average was estimated to be at location A8 in Nivi village.

Monitoring of Additional Parameters:

The monitoring for additional parameters in ambient air namely Ozone, Lead, Ammonia,

Arsenic, Nickel & Benzopyrene (a) was conducted within the project premises (A1 location).

The results for these parameters are presented in Table 3.6. It can be stated that concentration of

the aforesaid parameters was found to be below the detection limit.

The analysis of additional parameters monitored for ambient air quality at the location A1

reveals that the values did not exceed the limits prescribed by CPCB, during the sampling period.

The concentration of Ammonia varied between 23.3 to 34.8g/m3. The average concentration of

Ammonia was estimated to be 27.34g/m3. The values of Ground level ozone were estimated to

be within the range of 21.0 to 30.8g/m3. The average concentration was computed to be 26.4


Executive Summary


g/m3. The presence of heavy metals such as lead, arsenic and nickel were estimated to be

below the detectable limits and thus their presence can be said to be negligible.

Surface Water Environment

Based on the analysis results of water samples it can be stated that the pH of all the samples was

found to vary between: 6.9 - 7.7. It should be noted that the values obtained were within the

desirable limit for pH as prescribed by CPCB. The total hardness was observed to be ranging

between 167 to 766 mg/l. The maximum value of hardness was recorded at SW2 which is a

creek water location and the minimum value was recorded at SW8. The concentration of Total

Dissolved Solids was in the range of 186 mg/l to 2718 mg/l. The maximum concentration of

Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) was observed at SW2 whereas the minimum TDS concentration

was observed at SW7. The large variation observed in the concentration of TDS can be said to be

present since the locations are varied ranging from river water body to lakes and creeks. The

Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) & Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) values were

calculated to be in the range of 12 mg/l to 160 mg/l & 9.4 mg/l to 98.0 mg/l respectively. The

COD values at all the locations were well within the CPCB prescribed standards.

It should be noted that in case of the selected water bodies (sampling locations) classified under

category “E”, the parameters were found to be within the prescribed limits except for SW2 which

had a high value of TDS and chlorides. It should be noted that the sampling location is located

close to the junction where there is confluence of estuarine water and river water.

The locations SW3 to SW5 are categorized in category “B”. Out of the prescribed parameters,

for the category the limit for BOD can be observed to be exceeding at all the locations. The same

can be said in the case of Dissolved oxygen.

Based on the above results and inferences it can be stated that the water from the above water

bodies can be used for their designated purposes (outdoor) as per Inland Surface Water Standards

after disinfection and necessary treatment.


Executive Summary


Ground Water Environment

The results reveal that the pH of all the ground water samples was within the acceptable limit of

the prescribed standards. It should be noted that the concentration of heavy metals like arsenic,

chromium, lead, mercury, nickel, cadmium & zinc were either not detected or were below the

prescribed standards. Iron was not detected in all the ground water samples. The hardness of all

the ground water samples was found to be ranging between 120-190 mg/lit which can be said to

close to the prescribed acceptable standards. It can be observed that the values for total dissolved

solids in all the sampling locations were estimated to be under the acceptable standards for

drinking water. The concentration of total dissolved solids ranged between 104-306 mg/lit. The

maximum concentration of was observed at location GW 1 whereas the minimum concentration

was observed at GW8.

It should be noted that the microbiological analysis of the samples indicate that e-coli was absent

in all the ground water samples.

Thus based on the above results it can be stated that the water from the said samples can be

considered fit for consumption and potable purpose with primary treatment. The water can be

used for domestic utilization and gardening without any treatment.

Noise Environment

Industrial Zone

The day time noise level at the project premises was observed to be 65 dB (A) while during night

time the noise level was recorded to be 52 dB (A). It should be noted that the noise levels during

the day time as well as night time were estimated to be under the prescribed standards by Central

Pollution Control Board.

Residential Zone

The noise monitoring conducted at seven locations for 24hr, once in a week and average hourly

readings were recorded. The minimum noise level recorded during the daytime was observed at

location N8, where as the maximum noise levels can be observed at location N2. It should be


Executive Summary


0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 N6 N7 N8

DaytimeNight TimeDay time Std. (Industrial Area)Night time Std. (Industrial Area)

noted that the permissible limits for noise did not exceed at any of the locations selected for

sampling.

Fig. ES 8 Graphical representation of Noise Level

Soil Environment

The findings of the study reveal that pH of the soil in the study area ranged between 7.0 – 7.8

which is an indicative of the neutral to moderately alkaline nature of soil. The values for

Nitrogen at all locations varied between 33 to 78 kg/ha. Maximum concentration of nitrogen was

observed at location S6.

The concentration of phosphate was estimated to be between 121 to 181 kg/ha. The highest

concentration can be observed at location S8, while the lowest concentration can be observed at

location S3.

It is important to note that the concentration of potassium was found to be high at all locations

ranging between 306 to 501 kg/ha.


Executive Summary


Based on the above findings it can be concluded that the soil samples can be classified as per soil

classification given by Tondon H.L.S. (2005). The samples fall under low to medium fertile soils

(Table 3.20 and table 3.21). The presence of heavy metals like arsenic, cadmium, lead &

chromium in both the soil samples were below the detection limit.

Biological Environment

The proposed project is located in Dhatav MIDC industrial area & since to be executed within

the premises of an existing unit does not involve any sort of habitat loss. Also the proposed

project does not envisages any liquid or solid (effluent/hazardous waste) discharge/disposal on

the ground or in the water bodies within the study area since it will be operated as zero liquid

discharge & hazardous waste to be disposed at CHWTSDF, also any species of conservation

concern is not present within the study area & moreover & the project plot being located well

within precincts of MIDC area no adverse impacts are anticipated on the biotic environment.

Socio Economy:

The data collected by the assessment tool had three variables namely; accessibility of

public resources and its satisfaction, impact of industrial activity and attitude towards Ambernath

Organics Pvt. Ltd. The data of 50 participants was put for correlation analysis. The data was

found to be normally distributed hence; the data fulfils the assumptions of parametric statistics.

Based on this information Pearson product-moment correlation was conducted.

It is found that accessibility of public resources and its satisfaction is significantly

correlated in positive direction with impact of Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. industry activity (r

= .74; p = .01). This indicates that accessibility of public resources will lead to low impact of

industry activities and vice versa. Accessibility of public resources and its satisfaction is also

found to be significantly correlated with attitude towards Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. industry

activity (r = -.63; p = .05) but in negative direction. This indicates that accessibility due to

accessibility of public resources there is positive inclination for Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd.

industry activity in the study area. Further, it is also found that impact of industrial activity is

significantly correlated with attitude towards industrial activity (r = -.46; p = .01). This indicates


Executive Summary


that due to low impact there is positive attitude towards among the participants in the study area

(ES-3).

Table No ES-3: indicating Pearson’s correlation among variables (N=50)1

Accessibility &

satisfaction Impact

Attitude towards

Ambernath Organics

Pvt. Ltd.

Accessibility & Satisfaction 1 - -

Impact .74** 1 -

Attitude towards Ambernath

Organics Pvt. Ltd. -.63* -.46 1

** Correlation is significant at the 0.01 level.

* Correlation is significant at the 0.05 level.

ES-6 Prediction of Impacts & Mitigation Measures

The summary of mitigation measures is presented in tabulated format in Table ES-4

Table No. ES-4: Summary of Impacts & Mitigation Measures

A) Minor Construction Phase

Sr.

No

Environmen

tal

Parameters

Aspect Attributes Impact Proposed

Mitigation

Measures

1. Air Quality

Minor dust

emissions from

handling &

transportation of

cement/concrete/st

one aggregates.

Workers getting exposed

to the dust pollution

generated due to the

construction activity can

suffer from respiratory

problems and prolonged

exposure can lead to

malfunctioning of lungs.

Traffic management

for loading and

unloading of the

materials. Regular

sprinkling of water

on the working site,

Avoiding Cement

dust emission,

Managing

stockpiles. Creating

wind barrier for

controlling the dust


Executive Summary


emissions.

2. Noise Quality Noise generated

from construction

equipments/machi

nery like spade,

shovel, dabber,

drill, hammer,

concrete mixer etc.

Transportation of

construction

materials.

The impacts of high noise

level would be

Temporary/Permanent

hearing loss,

Mental disturbance,

Increase in heart rate,

Affecting worker's

performance.

Appropriate PPEs

will be provided to

the workers.

Implementation of

Traffic management.

Development of

Green belt.

3. Water

Quality

Water used for

construction

activity mainly for

concrete mixing,

sprinkling etc.

Contamination of the soil

and nearby water bodies

due to the surface runoff.

Proper surface water

runoff management

would be

implemented. Storm

water drain would be

provided.

4. Solid Waste

Management

No demolition

work is envisaged

however minor

quantities of solid

waste generation is

anticipated in the

form of

concrete/constructi

on materials left

over.

Unhealthy Work

Conditions at project site.

The solid waste

generated in the

construction phase

would be disposed

off through

Municipal

Corporation.

B) Operational Phase

Sr.No Environmental

Parameters

Aspect

Attributes

Impact Proposed Mitigation

Measures

1. Air Quality

Operation of

Boiler

Gaseous

emission from

manufacturing

process, Non

spontaneous

The Maximum

Incremental

concentration of

PM10 - 0.035 ug/m3

PM2.5 - 0.026 ug/m3

SO2 - 1.96 ug/m3

NOx - 0.274ug/m3

1. Appropriate Stack of

33 m and 31 m will be

provided to the Boilers.

2. Two Alkali scrubbers

would be provided to

scrub the gases from the

manufacturing process.


Executive Summary


emissions from

Transportation

of raw materials

& finished

goods.

VOC emission

generated due to

the handling and

storage of the

solvents & other

raw materials.

CO - 0.025 ug/m3

The Health effects

related to particulate

matter are majorly

respiratory,

pulmonary injury &

lung cancer etc.

Exposure to SO2 and

NOx majorly leads to

respiratory problems.

Carbon monoxide

decreases the oxygen

carrying capacity of

the blood by reducing

the hemoglobin. CO2

is a green house gas

which can lead to the

global warming &

Chlorine gas at high

concentration is a

poisonous gas. The

health effects related

to VOC emission are

eye, nose and throat

irritation headaches,

loss of coordination

and nausea, damage to

liver, kidney and

central nervous

system etc.

The air emissions in

long course of time

may affect the

immediate

surrounding

vegetation stature

physically (leaf

senescence, hampered

growth etc.) &

biologically thus may

affect the overall

surrounding ecology.

3. The roads within the

premises will be

concreted / paved to

avoid the dust

generation from

vehicular activity.

4. It will be ensured that

all the transportation

vehicles have a valid

PUC (Pollution under

Control) Certificate.

5. Proper servicing &

maintenance of vehicles

will be carried out.

6. Regular sweeping of

all the roads & floors

will be done.

7. Development of the

green belt along the

plant boundary will help

to capture the fugitive

emission.

8. To control VOC

emission carbon

adsorption system can

be implemented.

9. Industry to ensure that

at no point of time the

air emission

concentrations exceed

the prescribe standards.


Executive Summary


2. Noise Quality Operation of

Boiler, Reactors,

ancillary utilities

& transportation

activity.

The impacts of high

noise level would be

Temporary/Permanent

hearing loss,

Mental disturbance

Increase in heart rate

Decreasing in workers

performance due to

psychiatric disorder

Workers developing

Tinnitus due to high

level of noise

exposure on regular

basis.

The increased noise

level may induce

locale level

disturbances/

temporary migration

of fauna in the

immediate vicinity of

the project area.

1. Acoustic enclosure

will be provided to the

high noise generating

equipments for

attenuation of noise

level during operation.

2. Boilers will be placed

in a confined space viz.

boiler house where the

surrounding walls acts

as a barrier for noise

propagation.

3. Isolation of high

intensity noise

generating equipments.

4. Using engineering

controls for reducing the

noise level.

5. Appropriate traffic

management to be

implemented.

6. Green belt developed

around the company

premises will acts a

noise barrier.

7. Appropriate PPE

should be provided to

workers.

3. Water Quality 1. Effluent from

manufacturing

process.

2. Effluent from

Scrubber

operations

3. Blow down

water from

Boiler and

Cooling Tower.

4.Domestic

Indiscriminate

release/discharge of

effluents may

contaminate the

surrounding surface

and groundwater &

there by affecting the

overall ecology &

agricultural

productivity.

1. All HCOD/TDS

effluent from process &

scrubbers will be treated

in MEE with ATFD.

2. The Blow down of

Boiler & Cooling Tower

will be send to ETP

comprises of Primary,

Secondary & Tertiary


Executive Summary


wastewater Treatment.

3. The domestic effluent

will be treated in the

aeration tank of the ETP.

4. MEE Condensate will

be recycled in Plant

premises.

5. Treated LCOD

effluent will be recycle

in gardening, C.T.

makeup & Flushing.

4. Solid Waste

Management -

Hazardous

Waste

1. Hazardous

waste generated

from the

manufacturing

process.

2. Sludge

generated from

the ETP

operation.

3. Residue

generated from

the MEE

operation.

Unscientific handling

& disposal may lead

to contamination of

surrounding soil,

water sources & there

by affecting the

ecology & health of

the workers coming in

direct contact with the

hazardous waste like

skin

allergies/rashes/burns

etc.

1. Hazardous waste

generated from the

manufacturing process

will disposed to

CHWTSDF, Taloja.

2. Sludge generated

from the ETP operations

are disposed to -

CHWTSDF, Taloja.

3. MEE residue

generated from MEE

operation will be sold to

the brine manufacturers.

Solid Waste

Management -

Non Hazardous

waste

1. Scrap Metal

2. Scrap Plastic

3. Office Waste

4.Food Waste

5. Carboys &

wooden pellets

1.Hap-Hazard

handling & storage

may lead to

inadequate open space

in plant premises & it

may lead to rodent

breeding.

1 Designated area for

Scrap materials will be

provided in the plant.

2 Scrap materials will be

recycled through

registered scrap vendors.

3 Daily housekeeping

waste and food waste

will be disposed through

local waste management

facility.


Executive Summary


Figure ES-9. Maximum Credible Loss Scenario

ES-7 Risk Assessment Study

Risks likely to pose harm to man,

environment or property associated with

various activities are addressed in this

report. Such activities include transport,

storage, handling and usage of hazardous

raw materials & fuels etc. To calculate the

risk involved in the process of the proposed

project; ALOHA 5.2.2 is performed for all

storage tanks/tonners. MCLS (Maximum

Credible Loss Scenario) for the factory

works out to about 1600 meter in case of

Chlorine (Direct source - Toxic area of

vapor cloud).

DOW Index has been calculated for all the flammable raw materials in storage. As per the

Degree of Fire and Hazard Index the DOW Index falls in Light category.

Mond‟s Index was calculated for Dimethyl Sulfate, & Hydrogen peroxide for drum storages.

Similarly Hydrochloric Acid will be stored in tank farms; the value of toxicity falls in moderate

category of the Toxicity Index for all the chemicals. Appropriate preventive and mitigation

measures will be provided to cater all the hazards. HAZOP Study has been prepared and its

recommendations are mentioned in chapter 7.

ES-8 Disaster management plan

In view of handling of hazardous chemicals in industry, Onsite and Offsite Emergency Plans are

important hence, has been prepared for the industry. During operational phase, surrounding

population shall be made aware of safety precautions to be taken in case of any emergency


Executive Summary


situation due to the overall project activity. On-site disaster management plan and Off-site

emergency management plan, commands communication and controls will be established and

maintained. Adequate provisions like emergency response, response organization, response plan,

Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), command and control, capabilities, transportation, medical

facilities, mitigation measures, training, education, public awareness emergency plan review etc.

to control any disaster situation will be made available.

ES-9 CSR Activity

After establishment of the project, company will carry out following ESC activities :

Initiatives for clean environment in the nearby areas under Swachh Bharat Abhiyan.

Plantation drives in the rural areas

Free medical check-up camp for nearby residents once a year.\

Donation to economically backward patients to avail expensive medical facility.

Donate school stationary to needy students in nearby villages.

The proposed CSR activities and the budgetary allotment for the same is presented in Table ES-5

Table No ES-5 Details of CSR Activity

Cost of

Proposed

Project

Cost for the

CSR Activity

Year of

Implementation

Amount

in

Lakhs

Activity

8.73 Cr. is

the Project

Cost.

21.8 Lakh. 2017 4.36

Lakh

Initiatives for clean environment

in the nearby areas under Swachh

Bharat Abhiyan.


Maintenance of medical facility

buildings in nearby areas

Donation to economically

backward patients to avail expensive

medical facility.

Installation of water filters and

maintenance of the same at nearby

schools

2018 4.36

Lakh

2019 4.36

Lakh

2020 4.36

Lakh

2021 4.36

Lakh


Executive Summary


ES-10 Occupational Health Measures

The company will strictly adhere to the rules of Factories Act 1948 & the Maharashtra Factories

Rules, 1963 regarding the occupational health facilities to be provided to the workers of the

company. The industry has provided decontamination facilities for the workers. The health

records of the workers would be maintained. For the continuous and continual development, the

company will train & educate the operators and workers with the environment, health & safety

rules & regulation, procedure and measures.

ES -11 Post Project Monitoring Plan

Monitoring of environmental parameters shall be done as per the guidelines provide by

MoEF/CPCB/SPCB. The method followed shall be recommended / standard method

approved/recommended by MoEF/CPCB. The Table ES-6 explains the approach for

environmental monitoring program.

Table No ES-6 Post project monitoring parameters & frequency

Sr.

no

Activity/Area Pollutant Pollutant

Characteristics

Frequency Period

OPERATION PHASE

1. Vehicular

Movement

Dust

Emission

CO, SO2, NOX, SPM

in Ambient Air

Intermittent /

Periodic

Quarterly

2. Boiler Air

emissions

CO, SO2, NOX, SPM

from boiler

Intermittent /

Periodic

Quarterly

3. Scrubbers Air

emissions

CO2, Chlorine Intermittent /

Periodic

Quarterly

3. Boiler Area,

ETP, Work

Place Area

Sound Noise Level dB (A) Intermittent /

Periodic

Quarterly

4. Effluent

treatment plant

All

parameters

pH, O & G, TDS,

TSS, COD, BOD.

Heavy Metals &

Organic Compounds

specific to project

Intermittent /

Periodic

Weekly


Executive Summary


5. Hazardous

Wastes

E.T.P sludge

residue,

MEE

residue

H.W. characteristics As per the

requirement of

CHWTSDF

providers

Once in a Year

6. Work Place Air

pollutants,

Heavy

metals

Volatile Organic

Compounds

Intermittent /

Periodic

Quarterly

ES - 12 EMP Cost & Budgetary Allocation

The proposed capital investment of the company is envisaged to be 8.73 Cr. and the proposed

capital investment for Environmental Pollution Control Measures is around 2.71 Cr, The cost

details for Environmental Management are as under in Table ES-7

Table No ES-7 EMP Budget & Budgetary Allocation

Sr.

no

Component Particulars Estimated

Cost

(INR)

Budgetary

Allocation

Capital

Investment

(INR)

Budgetary

Allocation

Recurring

Expenditur

e (INR)

1 Air

Construction of new stacks

Implementation of carbon

Adsorption system.

29,00,000 30,00,000 3,20,000

Scrubbers for Process

Emissions

9,00,000 10,00,000 1,30,000

2 Noise Noise Pollution Control,

Installation of anti-

vibration pads, &

Enclosures.

48,000 50,000 50,000

3 Water Purchase of 158CMD

capacity MEE

with ATFD & Construction

of ETP

2,15,00,000 2,17,75,000 21,80,000

4 Environment

Monitoring

&

Management

Quarterly Environment

Monitoring

-- -- 3,50,000

Ambient Air

Monitoring

PM10,

PM2.5,

SO2,


Executive Summary


NOx, CO

Work Place

Air

Monitoring

VOCs &

Fugitive

Emissions

Boiler

Monitoring

TPM,

SO2, NOx

Effluent

(Treated

&Untreated)

pH, COD,

BOD,

TSS,

TDS, Oil

&

Grease

5 Occupational

Health

Glares, Breathing Masks,

Gloves,

Boots, Helmets, Ear Plugs

etc. &

annual health-medical

checkup of workers,

Occupational Health

(training, OHC center)

4,50,000 4,90,000 2,00,000

6 Green Belt Installation of water drip 2,96,000 3,50,000 --

Green Belt Maintenance -- -- 1,05,000

7 Solid Waste

Management

Solid Waste Management -- -- 2,50,000

8 Rain Water

Harvesting

Tank

Annual Cleaning up and

maintenance of RWH tanks

4,80,000 5,00,000 1,00,000

Total Cost (INR) 2,65,74,000 2,71,65,000 36,85,000


Chapter 1 – Introduction

Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd 1-1


1.1 Purpose of the project

M/s Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd is manufacturer of synthetic organic chemicals. Company has

two operational units at Ambernath and Badlapur industrial areas. All products of this company

are mainly perfumery and flavoring reagents, Food grade flavors having applications in variety

of end use in the food and allied sector. Over the years Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. have built

a close and enduring relationship with Multinational Companies and has in place a credible

selling arrangement with them for most of the products in the Indian and overseas market.

Innovating methodologies, processes and developing strong chemistry skills, company has

emerged as a cost effective manufacturer and a preferred source of chemicals conforming to

standards equal to the best in the world. By considering the past and existing market demand of

these products, company intends to install and start their new setup at Plot No- 21/2, Dhatav

MIDC, Roha, Dist- Raigad and State Maharashtra for manufacturing of their seven numbers of

products with production capacity of 5825 MT/A. The estimated cost of the project would be

around 8.73 Cr.

As per EIA notification dated 6th

September 2006 (amended till date), the proposed project falls

under schedule 5(f) – Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufacturing Industry. The proposed project

will be established at Notified Industrial Area of Dhatav (ESA), Roha, Maharashtra; the

proposed project is categorized as Cat- B1 project requires prior Environmental Clearance from

State Level Environmental Impact Assessment Authority of Maharashtra State. Since the

working terms of the SEAC-I committee has been expired, the project is considered as ‘A’

category project by EAC, MoEF&CC.

In order to assess the probable environmental impacts due to the proposed project,

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report has been prepared.




The Objective of the EIA studies area as detailed below;

Assessment of the background concentration of the pollutants around the 10 km study

area of the project site.

Ensuring environmental factors are considered in the decision-making process during the

planning and designing stage of the project.

Avoid serious and irreversible damage to the environment.

Identify and quantify potential sources and determine the significance of impacts on

sensitive receptors.

Identify and quantify any potential losses or damage to flora, fauna and natural habitats.

Identify any impacts on sites of cultural heritage and to propose measures to mitigate

these impacts.

Identify, describe and quantify any potential landscape and visual impacts and evaluate

the significance of impacts on sensitive receivers.

Identify & quantify anticipated risk & hazard in the operating phase of the project &

recommending appropriate mitigation measures to minimize the impact.

Identify, predict and evaluate the environmental impacts and the cumulative effects

expected to arise during the construction and operation phases of the proposed

developments in relation to the sensitive receptors.

Identify, assess and specify methods, measures and standards, to be included in the

detailed design, construction and operation of the proposed developments which are

necessary to mitigate these environmental impacts and reducing them to acceptable

levels.




Delineation of environmental management plan (EMP) outlining prevention and control

strategies for minimizing adverse impacts of the project.

Formulation of environmental quality monitoring program for operational phases to be

pursued by the project proponent.

1.2 Information about project proponent

The company is owned by professionals in the chosen field. Dr. Santosh R. Nandan is Managing

Director of the company, who has been associated with sector at senior position.

Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. (AOPL) has been an industry trend setter in India for over two

decades particularly in respect of at least three of their important products namely, Anthranilic

acid, Methyl anthranilate and Dimethyl anthranilate. The other two plants for similar products

are in operation at Ambernath & Badlapur MIDC area. They have now become the largest

manufacturer of Isatoic anhydride, Methyl anthranilate and Dimethyl anthranilate in India. With

exports driving growth in recent times the geographic mix of market has spanned out to every

continent with Europe becoming the largest destination.

1.3 Brief description of nature, size, location of the project and its importance to the

country, region.

1.3.1 Nature of the project

As discussed above, the project is green field project and will be setup for manufacturing

of synthetic organic chemicals (Perfumery grade products & flavoring reagents). The

manufacturing process involves chemical reactions like Esterification, N-Methylation,

Amidation, Neutralization, Bromination and physical operations like Centrifuge,

Distillation and Drying.




1.3.2 Size of the project

The proposed project will be established at total plot area of 15703 sq.m. The total

production capacity of the project will be 5825 MT/A along with two numbers of

byproducts having total quantity of 710.16 MT/A. Cost required for proposed installation

of this project is envisaged to be around 8.73 Cr.

1.3.3 Location of the project

The proposed project will be located at plot no- 21/2, Dhatav MIDC, Roha, District-

Raigad in Maharashtra state. The geographical location of the proposed project is

18°25'28.96"N Latitude and 73° 9'4.23"E Longitude. Proposed project location falls

under SOI toposheet no E43H3. The project location is accessible from NH-66 at

distance of 8.4 Km and also easily approachable by railway & road networks.

1.3.4 Importance to the country

The major products of the company will be Methyl Anthranilate and Isatoic Anhydride.

All products of the company having use in the industrial fragrances like soaps, washing

powder, incense sticks etc Some of the products are also used in manufacture of

saccharine and pharmaceuticals. In addition to this the flavor industry also consumes

these products like grape flavor.

Currently AOPL exports 60% of their products to major perfume houses like Givaudan,

IFF (International Flavor and Fragrances), Firmenich, Clarient in Europe, Takasago and

Hodogaya in Japan, PMC and Vigon in USA etc.

A new use that has recently been established is the bird repellant property of Methyl

Anthralinate which is food grade flavor. There is a significant demand for this use and

AOPL is in the process of establishing supply to formulators in the USA and India.




Rapid urbanization and the increase in life standard of Indian middle class are expected to

lead the growth of FMCG products like soaps and washing powders etc. This in turn will

increase the local demand of AOPL’s products.

All products of company are synthetic versions of natural products e.g. methyl

anthranilate is found in grapes, jasmin flowers etc. Anthranlic acid is normal human

metabolite in the aromatic amino acid pathway. These have been established as safe non

hazardous products for living beings.

As all products manufactured by other units of the same company are export quality

products and have great demand. Being Food grade and non hazardous product, these

product manufacturing is safe and non hazardous.

This new setup will surely increase the production, thereby increasing export along with

support to Indian Economy. The current market demand is huge and AOPL is

contributing only 10 to 15% only. Because of this new unit the AOPL can achieve 30%

demand and thus 15% increase in foreign exchange will support and enhance the Indian

Economy.

These product manufacturing requires technical inputs because of high grade food quality

standards and also a huge investment for production. Hence Indian manufactures are

limited. AOPL has technical as well as financial strength. Also the Cliental base is good.

Hence such new unit will benefit the Indian manufacturer scenario of the country

worldwide.

Proposed project will also create direct & indirect employment opportunities for the local

peoples. Unit will use good faith efforts to employ local people from the nearby area

depending upon the availability of skilled & un-skilled man-power.

During operation phase, the proposed project would require significant workforce of non-

technical and technical persons.




In addition, the proposed project shall enhance the prospects of employment. Around 105

nos. of people will be employed in the factory.

1.4 Scope of the study

The application for approval of ToR was submitted to SEAC-1 Maharashtra on 16th

May 2015.

The baseline data collection was carried out on the basis of the standard TOR approved by

MOEF & CC in the period of March 2015 to May 2015 with respect to the letter of intent from

the client. In the 103rd

meeting of SEAC held on 15th

-16th

May 2015 additional Terms of

References for the preparation of EIA were granted. Therefore the Environment Impact

Assessment report is prepared based on standard ToR by MoEF & CC dated April 2015 &

Additional ToR given by SEAC in its 103rd

meeting. The EIA report was submitted to SEAC-1

on 2nd

February 2016, as per draft notification of Western Ghats, the Dhatav village is in Eco

Sensitive Area. Since, during the appraisal phase of the project SEAC-1 committee raised the

issue of ESA and kept proposal in abeyance with respect to finalization of draft notification

regarding Western Ghats. Since on 26th

October 2016 working terms of SEAC-1 Maharashtra

was expired, the application for consideration of proposal as ‘A’ Cat. Project was submitted to

EAC, MoEF&CC on 21st November 2016. Therefore the Environmental Impact Assessment

report is revised on the basis of additional ToR given by EAC [Meeting reference- Item no-

17.11.5 , 17th

EAC (Industry-2) meeting dated. 29th

December 2016].

1.4.1 Standard ToR by MoEF & CC dated April 2015

Table No.1.1: Compliance of Standard TOR

Sr. No. Standard TOR Compliance

1 Executive Summary of EIA report ES-1 to ES-

2 Introduction

Details of the EIA Consultant including

NABET accreditation


Information about the project proponent Chapter 1 Page No -1-3

Importance and benefits of the project Chapter 1 Page No -1-4 to 1-6

3 Project Description

Cost of project and time of completion. Chapter 2 Page No -2-6 & 2-17 to 2-18




Products with capacities for the proposed

project.


If expansion project, details of existing

products with capacities and whether

adequate land is available for expansion,

reference of earlier EC if any.

NA

List of raw materials required and their

source along with mode of transportation


Other chemicals and materials required

with quantities and storage capacities NA

Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous

waste generation and their management.


Requirement of water, power, with source

of supply, status of approval, water

balance diagram, man-power requirement

(regular and contract)


Process description along with major

equipments and machineries, process

flow sheet (quantative) from raw material

to products to be provided.

Chapter 2 Page No – 2-23 to 2-33

Hazard identification and details of

proposed safety systems

Chapter 7

Expansion/modernization proposals: NA

Copy of all the Environmental

Clearance(s) including Amendments

thereto obtained for the project from

MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an

Annexure. A certified copy of the latest

Monitoring Report of the Regional Office

of the Ministry of Environment and

Forests as per circular dated 30th May,

2012 on the status of compliance of

conditions stipulated

in all the existing environmental

clearances including Amendments shall

be provided. In addition, status of

compliance of Consent to Operate for the

ongoing/ existing operation of the project

from SPCB shall be attached with the

EIA-EMP report

NA

In case the existing project has not NA




obtained environmental clearance,

reasons for not taking EC under the

provisions of the EIA Notification 1994

and/or EIA Notification

2006 shall be provided. Copies of

Consent to Establish/No Objection

Certificate and Consent to Operate (in

case of units operating prior to EIA

Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY

2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB

shall be submitted. Further, compliance

report to the conditions of consents from

the SPCB shall be submitted.

4 Site Details

Location of the project site covering

village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State,

Justification for selecting the site, whether

other sites were considered.

Chapter 2 Page No -2-8 to 2-9 &

Chapter -5

A toposheet of the study area of radius of

10km and site location on

1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2

sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas

and environmentally sensitive places)

Chapter 2 Page No – 2- 12

Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection

of site

Chapter 5

Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners

of the site.


Google map-Earth downloaded of the

project site.


Layout maps indicating existing unit as

well as proposed unit indicating storage

area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities

etc. If located within an Industrial

area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial

Area indicating location of unit within the

Industrial area/Estate.


Photographs of the proposed and

existing (if applicable) plant site. If

existing, show photographs of

plantation/greenbelt, in particular.


Landuse break-up of total land of the

project site (identified and acquired),





government/ private - agricultural, forest,

wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc

shall be included. (not required for

industrial area)

A list of major industries with name and

type within study area (10km radius)

shall be incorporated. Land use details of

the study area


Geological features and Geo-hydrological

status of the study area shall be included


Details of Drainage of the project up to

5km radius of study area. If the site is

within 1 km radius of any major river,

peak and lean season river discharge as

well as flood occurrence frequency based

on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years.

Details of Flood Level of the project site

and maximum Flood Level of the river

shall also be provided. (mega green field

projects)


Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition

is not complete, stage of the acquisition

process and expected time of complete

possession of the land.


R&R details in respect of land in line with

state Government policy. NA

5 Forest and wildlife related issues (if

applicable):

NA

6 Environmental Status

Determination of atmospheric inversion

level at the project site and site-specific

micrometeorological data using

temperature, relative humidity, hourly

wind speed and direction and rainfall.


AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8

locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX,

CO and other parameters relevant to the

project shall be collected. The monitoring

stations shall be based on CPCB

guidelines and take into account the pre-

dominant wind direction, population zone





and sensitive receptors including reserved

forests.

Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12

weeks of all stations as per frequency

given in the NAQQM Notification of

Nov. 2009 along with - min., max.,

average and 98% values for each of the

AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ

stations should be provided as an

annexure to the EIA Report.


Surface water quality of nearby River

(100m upstream and downstream of

discharge point) and other surface drains

at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF &

CC guidelines.


Whether the site falls near to polluted

stretch of river identified by the

CPCB/MoEF &CC, if yes give details.


Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8

locations shall be included.


Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations

within the study area.


Soil Characteristic as per CPCB

guidelines.


Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles,

frequency of vehicles for transportation of

materials, additional traffic due to

proposed project, parking arrangement

etc.


Detailed description of flora and fauna

(terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the

study area shall be given with special

reference to rare, endemic and endangered

species. If Schedule-I fauna are found

within the study area, a wildlife

Conservation Plan shall be prepared and

furnished.


Socio-economic status of the study area. Chapter 3 Page No -3-77 to 3-85

7 Impact and Environment Management

Plan

Assessment of ground level concentration Chapter 4 Page No -4-1 to 4-12




of pollutants from the stack emission

based on site-specific meteorological

features. In case the project is located on a

hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall be

done using inputs of the specific terrain

characteristics for determining the

potential impacts of the project on the

AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of

emissions (including transportation) on

the AAQ of the area shall be assessed.

Details of the model used and the input

data used for modelling shall also be

provided. The air quality contours shall be

plotted on a location map showing the

location of project site, habitation nearby,

sensitive receptors, if any.

Water Quality modelling - in case of

discharge in water body


Impact of the transport of the raw

materials and end products on the

surrounding environment shall be

assessed and provided. In this regard,

options for transport of raw materials and

finished products and wastes (large

quantities) by rail or rail-cum road

transport or conveyor cum rail transport

shall be examined.


A note on treatment of wastewater from

different plant operations, extent recycled

and reused for different purposes shall be

included. Complete scheme of effluent

treatment. Characteristics of untreated and

treated effluent to meet the prescribed

standards of discharge under E(P) Rules.


Details of stack emission and action plan

for control of emissions to meet standards.


Measures for fugitive emission control Chapter 4 Page No -4-3

Details of hazardous waste generation and

their storage, utilization and management.

Copies of MOU regarding utilization of

solid and hazardous waste in cement plant

shall also be included. EMP shall include





the concept of waste-minimization,

recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy

conservation, and natural resource

conservation.

Proper utilization of fly ash shall be

ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009.

A detailed plan of action shall be

provided.


Action plan for the green belt

development plan in 33 % area i.e. land

with not less than1,500 trees per ha.

Giving details of species, width of

plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be

included. The green belt shall be around

the project boundary and a scheme for

greening of the roads used for the project

shall also be incorporated.


Action plan for rainwater harvesting

measures at plant site shall be submitted

to harvest rainwater from the roof tops

and storm water drains to recharge the

ground water and also to use for the

various activities at the project site to

conserve fresh water and reduce the water

requirement from other sources.


Total capital cost and recurring

cost/annum for environmental pollution

control measures shall be included.


Action plan for post-project

environmental monitoring shall be

submitted.


Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and

Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency

Management Plan including Risk

Assessment and damage control. Disaster

management plan should be linked with

District Disaster Management Plan.


8 Occupational health

Plan and fund allocation to ensure the

occupational health & safety of all

contract and casual workers


Details of exposure specific health status




evaluation of worker. If the workers'

health is being evaluated by pre designed

format, chest x rays, Audiometry,

Spirometry, Vision testing (Far& Near

vision, colour vision and any other ocular

defect) ECG, during pre placement and

periodical examinations give the details of

the same. Details regarding last month

analyzed data of above mentioned

parameters as per age, sex, duration of

exposure and department wise.

Details of existing Occupational & Safety

Hazards. What are the exposure levels of

hazards and whether they are within

Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these

are not within PEL, what measures the

company has adopted to keep them within

PEL so that health of the workers can be

preserved.

Annual report of heath status of workers

with special reference to Occupational

Health and Safety.

9 Corporate Environment Policy

Does the company have a well laid down

Environment Policy approved by its

Board of Directors? If so, it may be

detailed in the EIA report.


Does the Environment Policy prescribe

for standard operating process /

procedures to bring into focus any

infringement / deviation / violation of the

environmental or forest norms /

conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the

EIA.

What is the hierarchical system or

Administrative order of the company to

deal with the environmental issues and for

ensuring compliance with the

environmental clearance conditions?

Details of this system may be given.

Does the company have system of

reporting of non compliances / violations




of environmental norms to the Board of

Directors of the company and / or

shareholders or stakeholders at

large? This reporting mechanism shall be

detailed in the EIA report

10 Details regarding infrastructure

facilities such as sanitation, fuel,

restroom etc. to be provided to the

labour force during construction as well

as to the casual workers including truck

drivers during operation phase.

11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the

project cost) shall be earmarked towards

the Enterprise Social Commitment based

on Public Hearing issues and item-wise

details along with time bound action plan

shall be included. Socio-economic

development activities need to be

elaborated upon.


Action Plan for CSR Activity Chapter 10 Page No -10-23

12 Any litigation pending against the project

and/or any direction/order passed by any

Court of Law against the project, if so,

details thereof shall also be included. Has

the unit received any notice under the

Section 5 of Environment (Protection)

Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and

Water Acts? If so, details thereof and

compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and

present status of the case.

NA

1.4.2 Specific TOR by MoEF & CC dated April 2015

Table No.1.2: Compliance of Specific TOR by MoEF & CC


1 Details on solvents to be used measures

for solvent recovery and for emissions

control.


2 Details of process emissions from the Chapter 2 Page No -2-35




proposed unit and its arrangement to

control.

3 Ambient air quality data should include

VOC, other process- specific pollutants*

like NH3*, chlorine*,

HCl*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*,etc.,(* as

applicable)


4 Work zone monitoring arrangements for

hazardous chemicals.

5 Detailed effluent treatment scheme

including segregation of effluent streams

for units adopting 'Zero' liquid discharge.


6 Action plan for odour control to be

submitted.


7 A copy of the Memorandum of

Understanding signed with cement

manufacturers indicating clearly that they

co-process organic solid/hazardous waste

generated.

NA

8 Authorization/Membership for the

disposal of liquid effluent in CETP and

solid/hazardous waste in TSDF, if any.

-

9 Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers

salts


10 Material Safety Data Sheet for all the

Chemicals are being used/will be used.

-

11 Authorization/ Membership for the

disposal of solid/hazardous waste in

TSDF

-

12 Details of incinerator if to be installed NA

13 Risk assessment for storage and handling

chemicals/solvents. Action plan for

handling and safety system to be

incorporated.

Chapter 7

14 Arrangement for ensuring health and

safety of workers engaged in handling of

toxic materials.

Chapter 10




Table No.1.3: Compliance of EAC Additional TOR


1 PP shall develop Green Belt with 10 meter

width in the peripheral of the boundary of

the project site.


2 PP shall ensure Zero Liquid Discharge. Chapter 4 Page No -4-20 to 4-25

3 Coal shall not be used as a fuel source. Chapter 2 Page No -2-6

4 PP shall submit a revised Layout Plan. Chapter 2 Page No -2-13

1.5 Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET Accreditation

M/s Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd. established in the year 1998 is a NABET accredited EIA

Consultant as per NABET certificate no. NABET/EIA/1518/RA020 valid up to 14th

October

2018. The registered office of SEEPL is at 310, Dempo Towers, EDC Patto, Panaji-403001, Goa

State, India.

M/s SEEPL is accredited by QCI-NABET for the following sectors:

Table No.1.4: Details of Accreditation of SEEPL

Sr.

No

.

Name of Sectors Project/Activity as

per Schedule of EIA

Notification

Category

1 Mining of Minerals 1 (a) i A

2 Offshore and onshore oil and gas exploration,

development & production

1 (b) A

3 Pesticide Industry and pesticide specific

intermediates (excluding formulations)

5 (b) A

4 Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes &

dye intermediates; bulk drugs and intermediates

excluding drug formulations; synthetic rubbers;

basic organic chemicals, other synthetic organic

chemicals and chemical intermediates

5 (f) A

5 Sugar industry 5 (j) B

6 Oil & gas transportation pipeline (crude and

refinery/ petrochemical products), passing

through national parks/ sanctuaries/ coral reefs/

ecologically sensitive Areas including LNG

terminal

6 (a) A




7 Industrial estates/ parks/ complexes/Areas,

export processing Zones(EPZs), Special

economic zones(SEZs), Biotech Parks, Leather

Complexes

7 (c) A

8 Ports, Harbours, Jetties, marine terminals, break

waters and dredging

7 (e) A

9 Common municipal solid waste management

facility (CMSWMF)

7 (i) B

10 Building and large construction projects

including shopping malls, multiplexes,

commercial complexes, housing estate

8 (a) B

11 Township and area Development projects (8 (b) B

M/s SEEPL has a highly qualified team of Subject Experts. SEEPL has full-fledged laboratory

recognized by Ministry of Environment and Forest (MoEF) & accredited by National

Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories, (NABL). M/s SEEPL is also

certified by ISO 9001:2008 and BS OHSAS 18001:2007.

M/s SEEPL is engaged in providing Turnkey projects of ETP & STP along with their Operation

& Maintenance. Analytical Laboratory Services of various elements and environmental

parameters. Fabrication of air & water pollution control device. Annual monitoring as per MoEF

/ CPCB / SPCB guidelines, Consultancy for Hazardous waste Management etc.


Chapter 2 – Project Description



2.1 Type of Project

The proposed project unit will be established for manufacturing of synthetic organic chemicals.

As per EIA Notification, 2006 vide gazette no. S.O. 1533 dated 14th September, 2006 and

amended till date, the project activity is covered under Scheduled 5(f) Category –‘A’ project to

be appraised by MoEF&CC as the SEAC-1 committee, Maharashtra is not functional since

October 2016.

2.2 Need of the Project

Company is manufacturer of synthetic organic chemicals which is having applications in variety

of end use in the food and allied sector. As all products manufactured by company are export

quality products and have great demand. Being Food grade and non hazardous product, these

product manufacturing is safe and non hazardous. Company intends to reduce the demand and

supply gap in the overseas market.

2.3 History of the Project

The company will be located at plot no 21/2, Dhatav MIDC, Roha, District- Raigad and state

Maharashtra. The details chronology of event for this project is as below




Table No.2.1: Detailed Chronology of Events

Sr. No Date/ Period Event

Decisions /Remark by

SEAC-1 (Maharashtra) /

EAC, MoEF&CC

1 29th

June 2010

The plot no 21/2, Dhatav MIDC,

Roha , Raigad has been purchased by

M/s Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd.

from M/s. Spareage Seals Ltd. with

available infrastructure. The lease

agreement with MIDC was done on

dt. 10th

June 2010. (Refer attached

Lease agreement vide no.

MIDC/ROP/Roha/009/2010). While

the deed of assignment between

Sparage Seals Ltd & Ambernath

Organics Pvt. Ltd. was made on 29th

June 2010 (Refer attached Deed of

assignment – Case Adj No 700/2010)

--

2 16th

May 2015 Application submitted to SEAC-I,

Maharashtra for approval of ToR --

3 15th

& 16th

June 2015

Project listed in 103rd

SEAC-1

meeting (Maharashtra State) for

approval of ToR

Committee has approved the

ToR for preparation of EIA

report.

4 2nd

February 2016 EIA report submitted to Environment

Department, Maharashtra --

5 24

th – 26

th February

2016

In 122nd

SEAC-1 meeting,

Presentation of EIA report to SEAC-

1 ( Maharashtra State)

The SEAC-I (Maharashtra

State) observed that proposed

synthetic organic chemical

industry is a red category

industry

Proposed in MIDC Dhatav,

Taluka- Roha, District-

Raigad. Dhatav village has

been declared as an

Ecosensitive area in Draft

Notification for Western

Ghats dated 4th Sept. 2015.

Therefore the Committee

decided to hold the proposal

in abeyance till the Draft

Notification is Finalized.




6 29th

February 2016

Application submitted to MoEF&CC,

GOI considering the project as ‘A’

Category based on the decision of

SEAC-I, Environment Department of

Maharashtra

--

7 17th

April 2016 Essential Details Sought by Member

secretary of EAC, MoEF&CC

Please attached copy of

gazette notification for

consideration of project as

‘A’ category

8 24th

April 2016

The documents like Maharashtra

Government Gazette Feb 20

1964 regarding notification of MIDC

for Dhatav area, MoM of 103rd

SEAC-I Meeting, MoM of 122nd

SEAC-1 Meeting, Draft notification

of western ghats dated 4th Sept 2015,

Notification no. S.O 1599 (E) dated

25th

June 2014 for consideration of

project as 'A' category, has been

submitted to EAC, MoEF&CC

--

9 5

th

June 2016

Decision of The Member Secretary,

EAC, MoEF&CC, GOI

Similar to this ministry has

transferred such cases to

SEIAA/SEAC, Maharashtra

till the notification is

finalized. Through this EDS,

SEIAA/SEAC are advise to

consider the project as per

the existing position. PP may

approach to SEIAA/SEAC

accordingly.

10 15th

June 2016

Based on the decision of the EAC,


reconsideration of the project along

with the EIA report was submitted to


Maharashtra

--




11 2nd

July 2016


meeting for presentation of EIA report

before SEAC-I, Environment

department of Maharashtra.

The project was previously

considered in the 85th

,105th

,

& 122th meeting. In the

122th meeting it was

observed that the proposed

synthetic organic chemical

industry was red category

industry proposed in MIDC

dhatav, Taluka –Roha,

District –Raigad. Dhatav

village has been declared as

an Eco-sensitive area in the

draft notification of western

ghats dated 4th

September

2015. Therefore the

committee decided to hold

the proposal in abeyance till

the draft notification is

finalized.

Subsequently, the PP applied

to the central EAC to

consider the project as ‘A’

category. The Member

Secretary, Central EAC

pointed that MoEFCC has

transferred similar cases to

SEIAA/SEAC Maharashtra

for consideration as a ‘B’

Category project till the Draft

notification was finalized.

The committee deliberated

on this advice and concluded

that unless the MoEF&CC

gives clear directives to

appraise the project located

in an area which appears as

Ecologically Sensitive in the

draft notification for ESA

villages in the western ghats,

the committee would much

rather wait till the said

notification is finalized,




Hence deferred.

12 30th

September 2016


reconsideration of the project along

with the EIA report was submitted to


Maharashtra

--

13 6th

October 2016


meeting for presentation of EIA report

before SEAC-I, Environment

department of Maharashtra.

PP remain present, the

committee pointed out that in

the 130th

meeting decision

was taken that the project

was located in an area which

appears as Ecologically

Sensitive in the Draft

Notification for ESA villages

in the Western Ghats. The

Committee decided to wait

till the said Notification was

finalized; therefore the

Committee did not take up

the case for appraisal.

14 26th

October 2016 Maharashtra SEAC-I

Dissolve

The State Expert Appraisal

Committee of Maharashtra

has dissolved on 26th

October 2016

15 21st November 2016

Application submitted to MoEF &

CC, GOI --

16 28th

November 2016 Proposal Accepted by MS --

17 19th

December 2016 Project considered for TOR --

18 29th

December 2016 17

th EAC (Industry-2) meeting for

approval of ToR

ToR granted for preparation

of EIA/EMP report by EAC

as ‘A’ Cat. Project




2.4 Size or magnitude of operation

Table No.2.2: Project Details

Sr.

No. Particulars Status

1 Products Type Synthetic Organic Chemicals

2 Project Type New

3 Schedule 5(f)

4 Project Category A

5

Area Statement (Sq. m.)




Green Belt Area 3805.75( 39.6% of Open Area)


Open Area 5794.85

6 Production Details Main Product : 5825 MT/A

By-Product : 710.16 MT/A

7 Project Cost (Rs.) 8.73 Cr

8 EMP Cost (Rs.) 2.71 Cr

9 Power Requirement 520 KW (MSEDCL)

10 Water requirement 391.26 CMD

11 Effluent Generation 191.12 CMD

12 Man power 105 Nos

13

Utilities capacity

Boiler 1) 2 x 1,000 kg/hr

2) 3 X 800 kg/Hr

14

Fuel requirement

Boiler Furnace Oil : 7.1 KL/D

15 Stack Height




Boiler

Two stacks of 33 meter & 31 meter height ( One

combined stack for boilers of 800kg/hr capacity & One

combined stack for boilers of 1MT/Hr capacity )

ETP details

17 HCOD effluent 158 CMD

18 LCOD effluent including

sewage 35 CMD

19 Amount of effluent sent to

CETP It’s a ZLD Project

Scrubber details

1 Scrubber 2 Nos X 1000 CFM Alkali Scrubbers for Process

Emissions

19

Hazardous waste generation

ETP Sludge (cat.35.3) 0.5 MT/M CHWTSDF


(cat.5.1) 0.0216 L/M

MPCB Authorized

Vendor

Storage drums/ raw material

sacks

(cat.33.1)

100 drums/Y &

160000 no. sacks/Y

MPCB Authorized

Recycler

MEE Residue (NaCl)



(cat.20.3) 8.75 MT/M

Sold as Second

grade product.




2.5 Location of the Project

M/s Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. will be located at plot no – 21/2, Dhatav MIDC, Roha, Dist –

Raigad, Maharashtra state, India.

Figure No. 2.1: Google Earth Image depicting plot boundary of Ambernath

Organics Pvt. Ltd.




Table No.2.3: Latitude & Longitude of factory corners

No. of

Corners

Latitude Longitude

1 18°25'31.46"N 73° 9'1.11"E

2 18°25'29.66"N 73° 9'5.75"E

3 18°25'29.87"N 73° 9'7.07"E

4 18°25'25.79"N 73° 9'5.42"E

5 18°25'25.89"N 73° 9'4.83"E

6 18°25'27.32"N 73° 9'4.70"E

7 18°25'27.14"N 73° 9'2.69"E

8 18°25'27.29"N 73° 9'2.33"E

9 18°25'29.21"N 73° 9'3.14"E

10 18°25'30.22"N 73° 9'0.56"E

Project is surrounded by MIDC roads and factories. The immediate surroundings to the project

site are as described table no. 2.4.

Table No. 2.4: Immediate surroundings to the project site

Sr. No Particulars Direction

1 Nirlon Factory N

2 Open Land E

3 Neelikon food Dyes & Chemicals Ltd. S

4 Roha Carbonates & Neelikon food Dyes &

Chemicals Ltd. Unit –II

& MIDC Road

W




2.5.1 List of major industries within the 10 km study area

The List of Major Industries in the study area is depicted in the below table no. 2.5

Table No. 2.5: List of major industries

Sr. No Industry Product Approx. Distance

From Plot

1 Neelikon food dyes

& chemical Ltd.

Dyes & Pigment 0.13 km

2 Unichem Laboratories Ltd API 0.47 km

3 Roha Dyechem Pvt. Ltd. Dyes & Dyes Intermediates 0.43 km

4 Valentine Agro Ltd. Natural Food Color and

Natural Spray Dried Food

Ingredients

0.94 km

5 Sudarshan

Chemical industries Ltd

Basic Chemicals and

electro chemicals and its

derivatives

1.26 km

6 Clarient Chemicals India

Ltd.

Basic Chemicals and

electro chemicals and its

derivative

1.15 km

2.5.2 Land Use details of the project plot area

M/s Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. have purchased the plot no 21/2 in Dhatav MIDC in June

2010 from Spareage Seals Pvt. Ltd. along with their building and utilities. The purchased total

plot area is sufficient for proposed activity of the company.

Table No. 2.6: Area break up details of the project site

Area Details Area in Sq. M




Green Belt Area 3805.75.00 ( 39.6% of Open Area)


Open Area 5794.85




Figure No. 2.2: MIDC layout of Dhatav industrial area

M/s Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd.

Plot No: 21/2, Dhatav MIDC, Roha, Raigad.




Figure No. 2.3: Location of Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. on SOI Toposheet


Toposheet No : 47F/3




Figure No. 2.4: Plot layout of Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd.




Existing Building Main Gate

Security Cabin Open Space

Baby Boiler Greenbelt near PESO area




Figure No. 2.5: Factory & Greenbelt photographs of Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd.




2.5.2 Details of Environmental Sensitivity within 50km radius from project site

Table No.2.7: Details of Nearby Ecosensitive area

Sr.

No.

Areas

Name/

Identity

Aerial distance (with 15 km.)

Proposed project location

boundary

1

Areas protected under international

conventions, national or legislation

for their ecological, Landscape,

cultural or other related value

No The Project is located in notified

MIDC area

2

Areas which are important or

sensitive for ecological reasons-

Wetlands, watercourses or other

water bodies, coastal zone,

biospheres, mountains, forests

Yes

1) Kundalika River – 920 m away

from project site.

2) Reserved Forest – 1.53 km away

from project site

3) Arabian Sea – 27.3 km away

from project site

4) Karnala Bird Sanctuary – 48.8 km

away from project site

5) Phansad Wildlife Sanctuary–

16.57 km away from project site

3

Areas used by protected, important

or sensitive species of flora or

fauna for breeding, nesting,

foraging, resting, over wintering,

migration

No Not Applicable

4 Inland, coastal, marine, or

underground waters Yes

Kundalika River – 920 m away from

project site.

5 State, National boundaries No Not applicable

6

Routes or facilities used by the

public for access to recreation or

tourist, pilgrim areas

Yes Kolad road passing through MIDC

goes to Phansad Wildlife Sanctuary

7 Defence installations No Not applicable

8 Densely populated or built-up area Yes Roha – 2.80 km from project site

9

Areas occupied by sensitive man-

made land uses (hospitals, schools,

places of worship, community

facilities)

Yes

Hospitals, Schools and small temples

presents in Roha city




10

Areas containing important, high

quality or scarce resources

(ground water resources, surface

resources, forestry, agriculture,

fisheries, tourism, minerals)

Yes Underground water & agricultural

land is present in nearby area.

11

Areas already subjected to pollution

or environmental damage. (those

where existing legal environmental

standards are exceeded)

No Not Applicable

12

Areas susceptible to natural hazard

which could cause the project to

present environmental problems

(earthquakes, subsidence,

landslides, erosion, flooding Or

extreme or adverse climatic

conditions)

No

Based on historical data, the site is not

likely to prone to earthquakes, flood

etc.

2.6 Proposed schedule for approval and implementation

The proposed project will be executed at plot no: 21/2, Dhatav MIDC, Roha, Raigad, and

Maharashtra. Company has purchased this plot along with the existing infrastructure and utilities.

The total cost of the project considering all aspects of investment would be around 8.73 Cr.

The progress status for approval of EC for project of AOPL is tabulated in table 2.8

Table 2.8: Project Status

Sr. No Progress Date

1 Acceptance of Form I along with Proposed ToR to

the MoEF&CC, New Delhi

19th

December 2016

2 Presentation for Terms of References for EIA

Study at MOEFCC, New Delhi

29th

December 2016

3 Receipt of ToR Letter from MoEF&CC, New

Delhi

16th

January 2017

The completion period of the proposed project is as tabulated below




Table No.2.9: Schedule for approval and implementation

Sr. No Description Time Period Cost in %

1. Obtaining all statutory permission

with respect to factory inclusive of

processing fees, plot development

fees of MIDC etc.

6 months 20%

2. Design and Engineering plan 2 months 10%

3. Factory set-up 4 months 60%

4. Testing and commissioning 1 months 5%

5. Actual Starting 1 months 5%

2.6.1 Status of acquisition of land

Company has purchased the plot no: 21/2 in Dhatav MIDC from M/s Spareage Seals Ltd. with

available infrastructure. The lease agreement with MIDC was done on dt. 10th

June 2010. Lease

agreement vide no. MIDC/ROP/Roha/009/2010. While the deed of assignment between Sparage

Seals Ltd & Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. was made on 29th

June 2010 (Attached as

Annexure: - 2.1)

2.6.2 Technology & process description

The manufacturing process of proposed products is described below along with the reaction

scheme followed by process flow diagram and mass balance. The list of proposed products and

raw materials that would be required for productions is detailed below along with source and

mode of transportation. The major equipments required for the proposed project are also

tabulated below.




Table No. 2.10: List of raw materials

Sr.

No.

General Name

of Raw Material

Chemical Name of

Raw Material

Quantity

(MT/Y)

Source

Location

Mode of

transportation

1 Phthalic

Anhydride /

Ptthalamide

2-Benzofuran-1,3-

dione

3588 Ranipeth,

Tamilnadu

By Road

2 Chlorine Molecular Chlorine 1892 Mumbai By Road

3 Dimethyl

Sulphate

Dimethyl ester of

sulfuric acid,

277.80 Bhiwandi By Road

4 Methanol Methyl Alcohol 1237 Bhiwandi By Road

5 Caustic Soda

Lye 50%

Sodium Hydroxide 7420 Mumbai By Road

6 Liquor Ammonia

25%

Ammonium

Hydroxide

2143 Mumbai By Road

7 Hydrochloric

Acid

Hydrogen Chloride 2551 Chembur,

Mumbai

By Road

8 Normal Butanol Butan-1-ol 75 Bhiwandi By Road

9 Sodium Bi

Sulphite

Sodium hydrogen

sulfite


10 Hydrogen

Peroxide

Hydrogen Peroxide 20.80 Bhiwandi By Road

11 Hydrobromic

acid

bromane 52.74 Bhiwandi By Road

12 Soda Ash Disodium carbonate 123.3 Bhiwandi By Road

13 Dimethyl

formamide

N,N-

Dimethylmethanamide


14 Ammonium

Bicarbonate

Ammonium hydrogen

carbonate

59.18 Mumbai By Road

15 Ammonium

Chloride

Ammonium Chloride 42.37 Mumbai By Road

16 Ice - 41200 - -




Table No. 2.11: Properties of Raw Material

Sr.

No

Name of

Raw

Material

CAS

Number

Chemical

Formula

Molecular

Weight in

g/mol

Physical

State

Color Odor Flash

Point

(°C)

Boiling

Point

(°C)

Melting

Point

(°C)

Stability Specific

Gravity

1 Phthalic

Anhydride /

Ptthalamide

85-44-9 C8H4O3 148.13 Crystal

Solid

White choking 151.6

7

295 131 Stable 1.53

2 Chlorine 7782-50-5 Cl2 71 Gas Greenish Pungent NA -34.05 -101 Stable 2.49

3 Dimethyl

Sulphate

77-78-1 (CH3)2SO4 126.13 Oily

Liquid

Colorless Odorless 83.3 - -31.8 Stable 1.3322

4 Methanol 67-56-1 CH3OH

32.04

Liquid

Colorless

Alcohol

like.

12

64.5 -97.8

Stable 0.7915

5 Caustic Soda

Lye 50%

Caustic-

1310-73-2

Water- 7732-

18-5

NaOH 39.99 Liquid

Colorless

Odorless

NA 140

12

Stable 1.53

6 Liquor

Ammonia

25%

1336-21-6 NH4OH

35.05

Liquid Colorless

Ammonia

like(Stron

g)

NA NA -69.2

Stable 0.898

7 Hydrochloric

Acid

Hydrogen

Chloride-

7647-01-0

Water-7732-

18-5

HCl 36.45 Liquid

Colorless

to light

yellow

Pungent

NA 108.58

-62.25

Stable 1.1- 1.19

8 Normal

Butanol

71-36-3

CH3(CH2)2

CH2OH

74.12

Liquid

Colorless

Vinous

28.9

117.7

-89.5

Stable 0.81

9 Sodium Bi

Sulphite

7631-90-5

NaHSO3

104.07

Solid White,

Off-white.

Sulfurous

NA NA Decomp

oses

Stable 1.48




10 Hydrogen

Peroxide

Hydrogen

Peroxide-

7722-84-1

Water- 7732-

18-5

H2O2 34.01 Liquid

Colourless Odorless

NA 108

-33

Stable 1.1

11 Hydrobromic

acid

10035-10-6 HBr 80.91 Liquid Colourless Pungent

NA Not

available

Not

available

Stable 1.5

12 Soda Ash 497-19-8

Na2-C-O3 105.99

Solid White Odourless NA Not

available

851

Stable 2.532

13 Dimethyl

formamide

68-12-2 HCON(CH3

)2

73.09

Liquid Colorless

to light

yellow

Amine

like

57.77

8

153

-61

Stable 0.949

14 Ammonium

Bicarbonate

1066-33-7 NH4HCO3 79.06 Solid White Ammonia

cal

NA Not

Availabl

e

107.5

Stable 1.59

15 Ammonium

Chloride

12125-02-9 NH4Cl 53.49 Solid White Odorless NA 520 338 Stable 1.53




Table No. 2.12: List of Products

Sr.

No.

Product

Name

Chemical

Name

CAS Qty. in

MT/Y

Use Marketing

area

1 Isatoic

Anhydride

1H-3,1-

benzoxazine-

2,4-dione

118-48-9

3005 Flavors,

Fragrance,

Pharmaceutical

Intermediates,

Chemical

intermediates ,

Bird Repellant

Flavors and

Fragrance

Industries,

Pharmaceutica

l Industries,

Chemical

Industries

( International

& Local

market)

2 Anthranilic

Acid

2-aminobenzoic

acid

118-92-3

400 Mainly in

Fragrance

3 Methyl

Anthranilate

methyl 2-

aminobenzoate

134-20-30 2000 Chemical

intermediates

4 Dimethyl

Anthranilate

Methyl 2-amino-

3-

methylbenzoate

85-91-6 200 Chemical

intermediates

5 Buthyl

Anthranilate

butyl 2-

aminobenzoate

7756-96-9 100 Paints and

dyes

6 Anthranilami

de

2-

aminobenzamide

88-68-6 80 Dyes,

Chemical

intermediates

7 Dibromoester methyl 2-amino-

3,5-

dibromobenzoat

e

606-00-8 40 Fragrance

Total 5825

By-Products

Sr.

No.

Name of By-

product

Chemical

Name

CAS Qty. in

MT/Y

Use Marketing area

1 Recovered

Methanol

Methyl Alcohol 67-56-1 673.56 Recovered

solvent for

reuse Sold directly to

end users 2 Recovered N-

Butanol

butan-1-ol 71-36-3 36.6 Recovered

solvent for

reuse

Total 710.16




Table No. 2.13: List of major equipments & machineries

PARTICULAR POWER PARTICULAR POWER

Aa Circulation Pump 5.0 HP Dryer No.2 1.0 HP

Aa Circulation Pump 3.0 HP Dryer No.3 l.0 HP

Air Blower 1.0 HP Dryer No. 4 1.0 HP

Air Blower 7.5 HP Dryer No.5 1.0 HP

Air Compressor Motor 30.01 IP Dryer No.6 1.0 lIP

Blower 0.5 HP Dryer No.7 1.0 HP

Blower 0.5 HP Dryer No.8 1.0 I-IP

Blower 1.5 HP Dryer No.9 1.0 HP

Blower Motor 1.5 HP Ejector Pump Motor 7.5 HP

Blower Motor 1.5 HP Esterification Reactor Motor 7.5 HP

Blower Motor 2.0 HP Fan Motor 3.0 HP

Blower Outlet 2.0 HP Fan Motor 3.0 HP

Boiler 800 kg/hr Hcl Transfer Pump (Pp) 1.0 HP

Boiler 800 kg/hr High speed Stirrer ( Pulping) 5.0 HP

Boiler ( Steam Genera Tor) 800 kg/hr Hoist 2.0 HP

Boiler 1T/hr Hoist 2.0 HP

Boiler 1T/hr Hoist - 2.0 HP

Boiler -3 Water Motor 1.0 HP Hot Water Transfer Pump 1.0 HP

Boiler No.1 Motor 1.5 HP Hypo Transfer Pump 7.5 HP

Boiler No.2circula Ti0n Motor 7.5 HP Hytherm Circulation Motor 7.5 HI'

Caustic Transfer Pump Motor 2.0 HP Hytherm Circulation Motor 7.5 HP

Centrifuge ( Rubber Lined )Motor 7.5HP I.A. Pulvariser (Dry) 5.0 HI'

Cetp Pump-Motor 2.0 HP M.A. Transfer Pump 1.0 HP

Chlorine Blower 1.0 HP M.A. Reactor (S.S) 7.5 HP

CHLORINE Scurner 3.0 HP MA Distillation Reactor Motor 5.0 HP




Circulation Motor 0.5 HP Reactor No 6 10.0 HP

Circulation Pump Motor 1.0 HP Reactor No-4 7.5 HP

Cooling Tower 5.0 HP Rotery Gear Pump Motor 3.0 HP

Cooling Tower 10.50 HP S.S.Centrifuge 7.5 HP

Cooling Tower Pump Motor 10.0 HP S.S.Pump 1.0 HP

Cooling Tower Pump( New) 5.0 HP Scrubber (Dmf) 3.0 HP

Cooling Tower Pump(Old) 5.0 HP Scrubber Motor 5.0 HP

Dma (Rd) S.S. 5.0 HP Scrubber Motor 2.0 HP

Dma Reactor S.S. 5.0 HP Softner 0.5 HP

Dryer 2.0 HP Sol Vents Waste Transfer Pump 3.0 HP

Dryer No.1 l.0 HP Sparkler Filter Press 2.0 HP

Dryer No. Lo l.0 HP Sparkler Filter Press 2.0 HP

Motor 5.0 HP Stirrer Pump 5.0 HP

N2 Purging Reactor Motor 5.0 HP Transfer Pump 2.0 HP

Naoii Tranfer Pump 2.0 HP Transfer Pump 3.0 HP

Nitrogen Sparger (2+1) 3.0 HP Transfer Pump 3.0 HP

Non IBR Boiler Blower Motor 3.0 HP Transfer Pump - 2nos 3.0I-IP

Non IBR Boiler Fuel Pump Motor 0.5 HP Transfer Pump ( For Chilling

Plant)- 2NOS 3.0 HP

Non IBR Boiler Water Pump Motor l.0 HP Tray Dryer 1.5 HP

Oil Heater & Circulation-Motor l.0 HP Tray Dryer 1.5 HP

Oil Pump 3.0HP Tray Dryer 1.5 HP

Oil V Accum Pump 7.5 HP Vaccum Pump (Oil) Motor - 2 Nos 7.5 HP

Oil V Accum Pump 5.0 HP Vaccum Pump-Motor 7.5 HP

Oil V Accum Pump Motor 10.0 HP Water Ejector 5.0 HP

Oil V Accum Pump Motor 7.5HP Water Pump l.0 HP

Oil V Accum Pump Motor 7.5 HP Water Pump 2.0 HP

Oil V Accum Pump- Motor 7.5 HP Water Pump Motor 5.0 HP




Phthalimide Solution Pump 2.0 HP Water Softner Pump Motor 1.0 HP

Pul V Ariser ( Chakki ) 2.0 HP Water Transfer Pump 3.0 HP

Reaction Vessel 5.0 HP Water Transfer Pump Boiler 2.0 HP

R.L.Centrifuge 15 HP Water Transfer Pump Motor 5.0 HP

R.L.Centrifuge 15 HP Water Vaccum Pump Motor 7.5 HP

R.L.Centrifuge 15 HP Wet I.A. Pulvariser 2.0 HP

R.L.Centrifuge 15 HP Wipe Film evaporator 3.0 HP

R.L.Centrifuge 15 HP



Reaction Vessel 7.5 HP






Reactor No 1 5.0 HP

Reactor No.2 5.0 HP

Reactor No 3 10.0 HP

Reactor No 5 2.0 HP




2.6.3 Details of manufacturing process

Company proposed to installed individual reactors for each product, closed feed system will be

adopted for charging of raw materials to avoid any kind of losses. Manufacturing process

involved chemicals reaction like Methylation, Esterification, Bromination, Neutralization,

Amidation etc. and physical process like, centrifuge, drying & distillation. The physical process

like distillation and drying requires high temperature steam, which will be fulfilling by FO fired

steam boilers.

The manufacturing process of products like Methyl Anthranilate & Butyl Anthranilate involves

consumption of solvents like methanol and butanol respectively, the excess solvents recovered

from the system will be sold as by product. Isatoic Anhydride is one of the major products of

industry which will be also used as raw material for manufacturing of remaining products

2.6.3.1 Manufacturing Process of Isatoic Anhydride

A) Reaction Scheme

Step-1 Preparation of Sodium Hypochlorite

Step-2 Synthesis of Isatoic Anhydride

2 NaOH + Cl2 NaOCl + NaCl + H2O

+ NaOCl + NaOH + 2NaCl + H2O




B) Step wise Mass Balance

Step-1 Preparation of Sodium Hypochlorite

Input in Kg Process Output in Kg

Ice : 11.86 Reaction ( Hypo solution

Preparation)

Sodium Hypochlorite : 12.78

Chlorine Gas : 0.436

Caustic Soda : 0.491

Total : 12.78 Total : 12.78

Step- 2 Synthesis of Isatoic Anhydride using Pthalic Anhydride


Caustic Soda : 0.242

Reaction (Preparation of

Isatoic Anhydride) /

Centrifuge

Waste water with dissolved

salts to ETP : 12.08

Sodium Hypochlorite : 12.78 Amount of salts in effluent :

1.07

Pthalic Anhydride : 0.902 Isatoic Anhydride : 1.0

30% HCl : 0.224

Total : 14.15 Total : 14.15

2.6.3.2 Manufacturing Process of Methyl Anthranilate

A) Reaction Scheme

Step-1 Synthesis of Crude Methyl Anthranilate using Isatoic Anhydride

+ CH3OH + CO2





Step-1 Synthesis of Crude Methyl Anthranilate using Isatoic Anhydride


Isatoic Anhydride : 1.079

Esterification

Crude Methyl Anthranilate :

1.05

Fresh Methanol: 0.262 Recovered Methanol will be

recycled in next 8-9 batches :

2.91

Recovered Methanol will be

recycled in next 8-9 batches :

2.91

CO2 : 0.29

Total : 4.25 Total : 4.25

Step- 2 Distillation of Crude Methyl Anthranilate to get pure Compound


Crude Methyl Anthranilate :

1.05 Distillation

Methyl Anthranilate : 1.0

2nd

Grade MA : 0.05


2.6.3.3 Manufacturing Process of Dimethyl Anthranilate

A) Reaction Scheme

Step-1 Preparation of N-Methyl Isatoic Anhydride

+ C6H6O4S + Na2CO3 + CH3O4SNa + NaHCO3




Step-2 Synthesis of Dimethyl Anthranilate from N-Methyl Isatoic Anhydride


Step-1 Preparation of N-Methyl Isatoic Anhydride



N-Methylation / Centrifuge

N-Methyl Isatoic Anhydride :

1.073 kg

Dimethyl Sulfate: 0.764 Effluent to ETP : 36.84 kg

Soda Ash : 0.642

Water for Washing : 35.52

Total : 37.914 Total : 37.914

Step-2 Synthesis of Dimethyl Anthranilate from N-Methyl Isatoic Anhydride


N-Methyl Isatoic Anhydride :

1.073 kg Reaction / Distillation

Dimethyl Anthranilate : 1.07

Methanol as Reactant : 0.194 CO2 : 0.197

Total : 1.267 Total : 1.267

+ CH3OH + CO2




2.6.3.4 Manufacturing Process of Antranilamide

A) Reaction Scheme

Step-1 Synthesis of Anthranilamide


Step-1 Synthesis of Anthranilamide



Amidation /

Centrifuge/Drying

Anthranilamide : 1 kg

Ammonium bicarbonate: 0.74 ML to recycle for next batch :

1.27

Ammonium Chloride: 0.53 CO2 : 0.32

Liquor Ammonia : 0.125 Effluent to ETP : 0.25

Water for Washing:0.25


+ NH3 + CO2




2.6.3.5 Manufacturing Process of Butyl Anthranilate

A) Reaction Scheme

Step-1 Synthesis of Butyl Anthranilate


Step-1 Synthesis of Crude Butyl Anthranilate



Esterification

Crude Butyl Anthranilate : 3.7

Fresh Butanol : 0.383 CO2 : 0.2

Recovered Butanol from Stage

II for 7-8 batches : 2.7


Step-2 Extraction of pure product using distillation


Crude Butyl Anthranilate : 3.7

Distillation

Butyl Anthranilate : 1.0

Second Grade Product : 0.05

Recovered Butanol : 2.7


+ C4H9OH + CO2




2.6.3.6 Manufacturing Process of Anthranilic Acid

A) Reaction Scheme

Step-1 Preparation of Sodium Hypochloride

Step-2 Synthesis of Antranilic Acid using pthalamide


Step-1 Preparation of Sodium Hypochloride


Chlorine Gas : 0.584 Reaction ( Hypo solution

Preparation)

Sodium Hypochlorite : 0.544

Caustic Soda : 0.518 Effluent to ETP : 0.558

Total : 1.102 Total : 1.102

Step-2 Synthesis of Wet Anthranilic Acid


Sodium Hypochlorite : 0.544 Neutralization to pH 4.1/

Centrifuge

Wet Anthranilic Acid : 2.9

Pthalamide : 1.073 Effluent to ETP : 9.44

Caustic Soda: 0.584 CO2: 0.321

HCl : 0.533

Water for washing : 10.0


2NaOH + Cl2 NaOCl + NaCl + H2O

+ NaOCl + 2NaOH + 2HCl + 3NaCl+ H2O + CO2




Step-3 Drying of Wet Anthranilic Acid


Wet Anthranilic Acid : 2.9 Drying Anthranilic Acid : 1.0

Evaporation :1.9


2.6.3.6 Manufacturing Process of Dibromoester

A) Reaction Scheme

Step-1 Synthesis of Dibromoester using Methyl Anthranilate


Step-1 Synthesis of Wet Dibromoester


Methyl Anthranilate : 0.489 Bromination Dibromoester : 1.0

HBr ; 0524 Effluent to ETP : 0.233

Hydrogen Peroxide : 0.220

Total : 1.233 Total : 1.233

+ 2HBr + 2H2O2 + 4H2O




2.7 Description of mitigations measures

Table No.2.14: Overview of probable environmental pollution & mitigation measures



Sr.

No

Environmen

tal

Parameters


Mitigation

Measures

1. Air Quality

Minor dust

emissions from

handling &

transportation of

cement/concrete/st

one aggregates.









Traffic management

for loading and

unloading of the

materials. Regular

sprinkling of water


Avoiding Cement

dust emission,

Managing


wind barrier for


emissions.


from construction

equipments/machi

nery like spade,

shovel, dabber,

drill, hammer,

concrete mixer etc.

Transportation of

construction

materials.


level would be

Temporary/Permanent

hearing loss,

Mental disturbance,


Affecting worker's

performance.

Appropriate PPEs

will be provided to

the workers.

Implementation of

Traffic management.

Development of

Green belt.

3. Water

Quality

Water used for

construction

activity mainly for

concrete mixing,

sprinkling etc.





runoff management

would be

implemented. Storm


provided.




4. Solid Waste

Management

No demolition

work is envisaged

however minor

quantities of solid

waste generation is

anticipated in the

form of

concrete/constructi

on materials left

over.

Unhealthy Work


The solid waste

generated in the

construction phase

would be disposed

off through Thane

Municipal

Corporation.


Sr.No Environmental

Parameters

Aspect

Attributes


Measures

1. Air Quality

Operation of

Boiler

Gaseous

emission from

manufacturing

process, Non

spontaneous

emissions from

transportation of

raw materials &

finished goods.

VOC emission

generated due to

the handling and

storage of the

solvents & other

raw materials.

The Maximum

Incremental

concentration of

PM10 – 0.035 ug/m3

PM2.5 - 0.026 ug/m3

SO2 - 1.96 ug/m3

NOx - 0.274ug/m3

CO - 0.025 ug/m3

The Health effects


matter are majorly

respiratory,

pulmonary injury &

lung cancer etc.

Exposure to SO2 and



Carbon monoxide




the hemoglobin. CO2



global warming &


concentration is a

poisonous gas. The









premises will be


avoid the dust

generation from

vehicular activity.











will be done.









to VOC emission are





liver, kidney and

central nervous

system etc.


long course of time

may affect the

immediate

surrounding

vegetation stature

physically (leaf


growth etc.) &


affect the overall


emission.

8. To control VOC

emission carbon


be implemented.



air emission




Boiler, Reactors,

ancillary utilities

& transportation

activity.

The impacts of high


Temporary/Permanent

hearing loss,

Mental disturbance



performance due to


Workers developing


level of noise

exposure on regular

basis.

The increased noise

level may induce

locale level

disturbances/

temporary migration




equipments for








propagation.


intensity noise




noise level.


management to be




of fauna in the


the project area.

implemented.


around the company


noise barrier.

7. Appropriate PPE


workers.


manufacturing

process.

2. Effluent from

Scrubber

operations

3. Blow down

water from

Boiler and

Cooling Tower.

4.Domestic

wastewater

Indiscriminate


effluents may

contaminate the

surrounding surface

and groundwater &


overall ecology &

agricultural

productivity.

1.All HCOD/TDS



in MEE with ATFD.

2. The Blow down of


will be send to ETP



Treatment.






premises.

5. Treated LCOD


in gardening, C.T.

makeup & Flushing.

4. Solid Waste

Management -

Hazardous

Waste

1. Hazardous

waste generated

from the

manufacturing

process.

2. Sludge

generated from

the ETP

operation.

3. Residue

generated from

the MEE


& disposal may lead

to contamination of

surrounding soil,


by affecting the

ecology & health of




skin


1. Hazardous waste

generated from the


will disposed to

CHWTSDF, Taloja.

2. Sludge generated


are disposed to -

CHWTSDF, Taloja.

3. MEE residue

generated from MEE





operation.

etc. the brine manufacturers.

Solid Waste

Management -

Non Hazardous

waste

1. Scrap Metal

2. Scrap Plastic

3. Office Waste

4.Food Waste

5. Carboys &

wooden pellets

1.Hap-Hazard

handling & storage

may lead to



may lead to rodent

breeding.

Designated area for




recycled through


Daily housekeeping




facility.


Chapter 3 – Description of the Environment

Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd Chapter 3- 1

CHAPTER 3: DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIROMENT

3.1 Methodology

In order to avail Environmental Clearance, methodology for EIA and Environmental Clearance

is necessary to be followed. The methodology for the same is presented in the Fig. 3.1 below.

The present section discusses about monitoring of prevailing environmental conditions such as

air quality, water quality, soil and noise pollution levels in the surroundings of the proposed

project site (study area) for duration of three months. The section also presents results of micro-

meteorological data along with analysis of air, noise, water and soil conditions. The Standard

Operating Procedures (SOPs) for the above mentioned functional areas applicable in the study

are followed from SEE-METH-EIA-02 to SEE-METH-EIA-06 as per the QMS of the

organization (SEEPL).

The meteorological conditions are capable to influence the formation and dispersion of pollutants

at local, regional, national as well as global scale. Moreover these meteorological conditions are

known to vary spatially and temporally. Thus, it is important to study the micro-meteorological

conditions around the study area in order to estimate their influence on formation and dispersion

of pollutants.

For the present study primary data for meteorological parameters was monitored during the

sampling period (three months) at the site and for reference a secondary data for a five year s

(2010-2014) was obtained from Indian Meteorological Department (IMD).

3.1.1 Secondary Data From IMD

As mentioned earlier the secondary data was obtained for selected parameters from the IMD

from Jan., 2010 to Dec., 2014. The parameters selected studies were Temperature, Ambient

Barometric Pressure, Relative Humidity, Wind speed, Wind direction and Precipitation (rainfall).




Fig. 3.1 Methodology For EIA

The data for Cloud Cover is compiled from the climatological tables from the IMD. The monthly

average of the temperature, relative humidity, barometric pressure and rainfall is presented is

presented in Table 3.1. The primary data collected from the monitoring station on site is




presented in table 3.2. The data for wind speed and wind direction is presented separately using

wind rose diagrams in Fig. 3.2 to 3.4. It should be noted that the Fig. 3.2 and Fig. 3.3 are

prepared by using secondary data while Fig. 3.4 is prepared by using primary data.

Table 3.1 Monthly data from IMD 2010 to 2014

Month Temperature C Relative humidity % Rainfall (mm) Pressure (mb)

Max Min Max Min Avg. Avg.

Jan. 35.1 14.0 91 40 0 1013

Feb. 32.5 16.2 90 39 0 1011

Mar. 33.5 17.2 89 38 0 1010

Apr. 34.9 21.4 91 52 0 1008

May. 36.1 23.8 86 39 0 1007

Jun. 36.3 21.6 89 61 96 1003

Jul. 34.0 23.1 98 69 1169 1004

Aug. 33.1 23.8 98 73 459 1006

Sep. 34.1 24.0 95 67 440 1007

Oct. 36.1 21.4 92 45 10 1009

Nov. 37.0 19.0 89 54 2 1010

Dec. 35.9 14.4 93 44 63 1012

a. Temperature:

The available data helps to ascertain that the study area has characteristics of typical tropical site

having four distinct seasons. The summer season is followed with monsoon season which

provides moderate to heavy rainfall during June to September.

The winter season starts from December and lasts up to mid February. The minimum

temperature can be observed to drop down to 14 C. The maximum temperature of the winter

season is recorded to be 35.9 C in the month of December. The winter season ends in February

with the on-set of summer season which lasts till month of early June. During summer season

maximum temperature was recorded to be 36.1 C whereas the minimum ambient temperature

was observed to be 17.2 C. During monsoon season (June to September) maximum temperature




were observed as 36.3C while minimum temperature observed in same season was observed as

21.6C. The maximum average rainfall of 1169mm was recorded in the month of July.

Fig. 3.3 Windrose from Secondary data for

Sampling Period

Fig. 3.2 Windrose from Secondary for year, 2010-

2014

Fig. 3.4 Windrose from Primary data for Sampling Period

3.4%




b. Relative Humidity:

The presence of relative humidity indicates the level of water vapour in the atmosphere. From

the data it can be inferred that relative humidity was observed to lowest in winter season and

highest in the monsoon season. The highest average of relative humidity was observed to be up

to 98 % in the month of July & August.

c. Rainfall:

The months of July and August are considered to be the months which receive maximum rainfall

of the year. The data indicates that total rainfall received accounts to 2239mm. In rare cases

retreating precipitation from retreating monsoon winds can be observed in the month of

December.

d. Atmospheric Pressure:

The variation in pressure influences the vertical mixing of the air and thereby can be said to be

responsible for vertical as well as horizontal mixing pollutants present in the atmosphere. The

change in atmospheric pressure is experienced diurnally and seasonally which coincides with the

change in night and day time temperature. The maximum average atmospheric pressure is

experienced during the winter season while minimum average atmospheric pressure is

experienced in the rainy season during the months of June.

e. Wind direction and Wind speed:

The details of the secondary data for wind direction and wind speed for the year 2010-2014 are

presented in Table 3.2.

3.1.2 Site Specific Meteorological Data

Micro meteorological parameters like wind- speed, wind-direction, rainfall, temperature and

relative humidity were monitored continuously on hourly basis. In order to determine the

prevailing micro-meteorological conditions during the study period, an automatic weather

monitoring station was installed at the project site. The station was installed at a height of 10 m




above the ground level keeping in view the free exposure of sensors to atmosphere and minimum

interference from the nearby structures. The meteorological data was monitored for a period of 3

months from March to May, 2015. The variations in the meteorological data are presented in

Table 3.2.

Table 3.2 Site Specific Micro Meteorology Data (March to May, 2015)

Temperature

Temperature during the study period was found to vary from 14.1 0C to 38.2

0C during the study

period.

Relative Humidity

Relative humidity during the study period was found to be maximum 90 % & minimum 33 %

Wind Speed and Wind Direction

The wind rose diagram representing the summer season is shown in Fig 3.4. A review of wind

rose diagram shows that predominant winds are mostly from North-West to South-East. The

hourly minimum wind speed was recorded to be 0.5 Km/hr & maximum was observed around

21.0 Km/hr.

Interpretation:

It is known that wind speed and wind direction helps in dispersion of pollutants. Therefore in

order to predict the direction and extent of the dispersion, study of the meteorology is very

important. With this understanding Windrose diagrams for annual data (5 Years) & sampling

period (Mar to May, 2015) have been plotted using secondary data obtained from Indian

Meteorological Department (IMD).

Months Rainfall

mm

Temperature

(O

C)

Relative

Humidity (%)

Wind Speed

(Km/hr)

Dominant Wind

Direction (Blowing

from) Min Max Min Max Min Max

March 00 14.1 36.3 33 90 0.5 18.0

North West April 00 21.4 38.2 53 89 0.5 17.0

May 00 25.4 37.3 59 88 0.5 21.0




The wind rose prepared from secondary data as per the sampling period of March to May,

indicates that 50% of the time, wind was observed to be blowing from North-West direction.

At the same time the Windrose diagram based on primary data (for the monitoring

period) indicates that around 40% of the time the wind can be observed to be blowing from the

same direction.

For determining the sampling locations of air quality monitoring it is important to

understand the distribution of wind direction during the monitoring period, i.e. during the months

of March to May. According to the interpretation of the secondary data for meteorology it is

concluded that the prominent downwind direction is towards the South east.

Comments:

The collected secondary data and the primary data have been compared and analyzed to verify

the quality of the data. The comparison of the secondary meteorological data (for Jan to Dec,

2010-2014) with the primary data monitored at site is summarized as under:

Minimal variation in the values is observed in the two data sets for temperature.

The data recorded for relative humidity was observed to differ marginally.

It can be inferred from the above data that the pre-dominant wind direction during the

monitoring period is similar in the secondary as well as primary data collected from the

monitoring station.




3.2. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

The baseline data for the proposed project is collected during month of March - May 2015. For

the collection of above mentioned data; study area of 10 km radius from project site was

considered. The study area of 10 km radius mostly consists of vegetation followed by scattered

settlements of Industrial, Residential & Commercial areas and small agricultural areas and barren

/ scrub land.

The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out in 10 km radial distance of the project site.

The study area is categorized as a rural area.

Probable Sources of Air Pollution: From the field investigations & reconnaissance surveys the

various sources identified that can contribute to air pollution in the study area:

Industrial activities in Dhatav MIDC Area,

Transport activities all along the Roha-Kolad road

Rural activities in the vicinity of the MIDC area etc

Construction activities

3.2.1. Sampling Details

The ambient air quality monitoring network of eight locations as per Standard ToR was designed

based on the prominent wind direction as per the analysis of meteorological data (from

secondary and primary). The sampling was carried out twice a week as per the NAAQS

Notification of November 2009. The Ambient Air Quality Monitoring was carried out for all the

12 parameters for which standards are prescribed by the CPCB at location A1 (project premises),

and criteria pollutants namely PM2.5, PM10, NOx, SO2 & CO at remaining 7 stations. The

details of the parameters monitored are provided in Table 3.4. The criteria applied for selection

of the monitoring location is discussed as under.

3.2.2. Criteria for selection of ambient air monitoring locations

The ambient air quality monitoring locations were selected considering the following criterion:




i. Prevailing prominent wind direction in the study area as examined form the Windrose

distribution prepared from the secondary data.

ii. Location of sensitive receptors such as reserved forests, national Parks, hospitals, archeological

sites, etc. in the vicinity of the study area.

iii. Topography of the study area.

iv. Site feasibility related to accessibility, security, distances from nearest shades and trees, etc.

iv. Availability of electrical supply and supplementary arrangements.

3.2.3. Methodology for Sampling

The sampling was carried out at selected locations as per the CPCB guidelines. The standard

methodology used for analysis is presented in Table 3.3. The details of the detection limits and

the standard methods are provided subsequently.

Table No.3.3 Methodology Used for Ambient Air Analysis

Sr.

No. Parameters Analysis

Minimum

Detection limit

1. PM10 g/m3 IS 5182( Part 23): 2006 5.0 g/m

3

2. PM2.5 g/m3 USEPA Quality assurance handbook VOL-II part II 2.0 g/m

3

3. SO2 g/m3 IS 5182 (Part 02): 2001 Reaff.2006. 3 g/m

3

4. NOx g/m3 IS 5182 (Part 06): 2006 9 g/m

3

5. CO mg/m3 Based On Instrument ACE 9000XT 0.02 mg/m

3

6. Ozone (O3) g/m3 Lab SOP No.-SEE/LD/SOP-AA-05. 20 g/m

3

7. Lead (Pb) ng/m3 EPA Inorganic Compendium method IO-3.2 0.10 ng/m

3

8. Ammonia (NH3) g/m3 Method 401,Air Sampling and analysis , 3

rd edition 20.0 g/m

3

9. Benzo(a)pyrene (BaP) IS 5182 (Part 12): 2004 Reaff.2009 0.20 ng/m3

10. Arsenic (As) ng/m3

Based On CPCB guidelines for measurement of

ambient air pollutant Vol..I May 2011 5.0 ng/m

3

11. Nickel (Ni) ng/m3 EPA Inorganic Compendium method IO-3.2 5.0 ng/m

3

12. Benzene) g/m3 IS 5182 (Part 11) 1 g/m

3




Equipment used for sampling: The sampling of PM10 was conducted using Envirotech make

sampler (model no.: APM-460), while the sampling of PM2.5 was carried out using Envirotech

make sampler (model no. APM550). The monitoring of carbon monoxide was conducted by

online instruments of Rave innovations instruments (model no.: COA-109). The monitoring of

ambient VOC was carried out using Envirotech make portable sampler with model no.: APM

802.

Sample Transportation and Sample Preservation: Proper preservation of samples was done

after sampling. The Gaseous samples were preserved in an ice box (below 4°C) and transported

to the laboratory for analysis. The filter papers were collected using forceps and stored in

polythene bags and stored in cool and dry containers during transportation.

Based on the above understanding the eight locations selected for ambient air quality

monitoring are presented on Google Earth Imagery (Fig. 3.5) and SOI maps (Fig. 3.6). The

locations are fixed considering the up-wind and down-wind direction of wind pattern and

ecologically sensitive receptors. The details of the sampling locations identified for the present

study are presented in Table 3.5

3.2.4. Ambient Air Quality Status:

Table 3.4 Details of Sampling Selected Locations

Sr.

No. Sampling Location & Codes

Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. Type of Area

Direction Dist. (Km) Lat. & Long.

1 A1 AOPL premises - 1.54 18°25'30.45"N 73° 9'1.68"E Industrial

2 A2 Dhatav Village SE 2.54 18°24'59.90"N 73° 9'43.24"E Residential Area 3 A3 Ladhar Village S 2.26 18°24'8.46"N 73° 8'49.09"E Residential Area

4 A4 Near Bhuwaneshwar

village SWW

4.28 18°25'5.75"N 73° 7'49.00"E Residential Area

5 A5 Pingalsai village NW 3.52 18°27'10.56"N 73° 7'20.29"E Residential Area

6 A6 Near Malsai NNW 2.73 18°27'20.91"N 73° 8'29.84"E Residential Area

7 A7 Devakanhe NNE 4.09 18°26'54.79"N 73° 9'30.12"E Residential Area

8 A8 Nivi Village SW 1.54 18°24'21.44"N 73° 7'2.43"E Residential Area




The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out at eight locations including the project site

for a period of three months from March to May, 2015. The results of ambient air quality

monitoring provided in Table 3.5.

Fig No. 3.5 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations (Google Earth Imagery)




Fig No. 3.6 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations (SOI map)




The results of the additional parameters monitored at project site are presented in Table 3.7.

Table No. 3.5 Ambient Air Quality Status (Criteria Pollutants)

Sr. No.

Sampling Location Code & Name

Stats Values in µg/m3

Values in mg/m3

PM 10 PM 2.5 SO2 NOx CO

1 *A1 Premises of AOPL

Min 71.5 35.9 24.8 30.5 1.50 Max 75.2 45.4 30.8 45.2 2.70 Avg. 74.1 42.7 28.4 39.4 2.30

98th Percentile 75.2 45.4 30.8 45.2 2.70

2 A2 Dhatav Village

Min 48.3 27.4 10.1 18.3 0.90 Max 60.7 38.5 14.7 25.4 1.50 Avg. 55.7 33.4 12.1 21.5 1.30

98th Percentile 60.7 38.5 14.7 25.4 1.50

3 A3 Ladhar Village

Min 49.8 18.4 15.5 22.6 0.50 Max 65.8 29.6 20.2 28.2 0.80 Avg. 59.6 22.8 18.7 27.1 0.71

98th Percentile 65.8 29.6 20.2 28.2 0.80

4 A4 Near Bhuwaneshwar village

Min 45.4 25.4 17.4 25.2 0.30 Max 64.5 34.8 22.9 30.7 0.54 Avg. 52.8 29.7 19.4 26.1 0.49

98th Percentile 63.0 34.8 22.9 30.7 0.54

5 A5 Pingalsai village

Min 44.3 23.6 10.1 15.2 0.12 Max 49.7 27.4 12.4 20.2 0.17 Avg. 46.7 25.1 11.9 17.4 0.15

98th Percentile 49.7 27.4 12.4 20.2 0.17

6 A6 Near Malsai

Min 42.6 18.1 10.2 15.6 0.10 Max 49.6 20.6 11.2 21.6 0.12 Avg. 44.4 19.6 10.2 18.6 0.10

98th Percentile 49.6 20.6 11.2 21.6 0.12

7 A7 Devakanhe

Min 40.7 17.6 10.6 16.3 0.12 Max 51.8 19.8 13.2 18.9 0.16 Avg. 48.2 19.1 12.4 17.7 0.15

98th Percentile 51.8 19.8 13.2 18.9 0.16

8 A8 Nivi village

Min 39.4 15.4 9.9 14.6 0.05 Max 50.8 17.5 12.7 19.4 0.09 Avg. 47.5 17.1 10.9 16.5 0.06

98th Percentile 50.8 17.5 12.7 19.4 0.09 NAAQ Standard 100 60 80 80 4.0

Note: *Monitoring & Analysis performed by Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd, Laboratory.




3.2.5. Interpretation of Primary Data

PM10

The study reveals that maximum concentration on 24-hourly basis was observed to be in the

range of 49.6 & 75.2 µg/m3. The highest 24-hourly concentration was recorded at sampling

location A1. At the same time minimum average 24-hourly concentration was observed at

location A8. The average concentration of PM10 can be said to be ranged between 44.4µg/m3 to

74.1µg/m3. The high concentration of particulate matter recorded at project site (A1) may be due

to industrial emissions and vehicular traffic flow in the MIDC area.

PM2.5

The major source of PM2.5 is said to be the combustion of fossil fuel, fire wood etc. The

maximum 24 hourly concentration of PM2.5 (45.4 µg/m3) during the study period was recorded at

location A1, whereas the minimum 15.4 µg/m3 concentration was recorded at A8 location which

is a remote rural area. The minimum concentration indicates that the residential area experiences

minimal combustion and vehicular activity. On the other hand high concentration at location A1

indicates that the area experiences high emissions from combustion of fossil fuel and vehicular

movement in the surroundings. The average 24 hourly concentration of PM2.5 during the study

period was computed to be in the range of 17.1 – 42.7 µg/m3.

Sulphur dioxide (SO2)

High level of SO2 in ambient air indicates the presence of combustion fossil fuel in the vicinity.

The ambient air monitoring results indicate that the highest average concentration of SO2 is

experienced at the project site, i.e. location A1. The constant traffic and regular movement of

heavy vehicles in and around the MIDC area and the sampling station can be considered as the

principle source of emission for SO2. The average concentration of SO2 recorded at all the

monitoring locations during the study period ranged between 10.2 µg/m3 & 28.4µg/m

3

respectively. It should be noted that maximum 24-hourly average concentration was recorded at

location A1 while the lowest can be observed at location A8. The location A8 can be said to be




scarcely populated and is located near the reserved forest. Hence low levels of anthropogenic

activities and emissions are observed in the area.

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX)

The various forms of Nitrogen in NO, NO2 and N2O are collectively called as Oxides of

Nitrogen. The highest value of 24-hourly average of NOX during the monitoring period was

observed at location A1 while the minimum average was recorded at A8. The average

concentrations were in the range of 16.5 – 39.4 µg/m3. The maximum 24 hourly value of NOX

was recorded at the monitoring location A1 (45.2 µg/m3) whereas the minimum concentration of

NOx was recorded at location A8 (14.6 µg/m3).

Carbon monoxide (CO)

The anthropogenic source of CO is due to incomplete combustion of fossil fuel (by

vehicle movement) or wood around the given area. The maximum 1 hourly average

concentration of CO estimated at all locations during the study period can be observed to be

within 0.09 to 2.3 mg/m3

respectively. The minimum 1 hourly concentration at all locations

ranged between 0.05 and 1.5 mg/m3. The highest average is calculated at location A1 and the

lowest average was estimated to be at location A8 in Nivi village.

Monitoring of Additional Parameters:

The monitoring for additional parameters in ambient air namely Ozone, Lead, Ammonia,

Arsenic, Nickel & Benzopyrene (a) was conducted within the project premises (A1 location).

The results for these parameters are presented in Table 3.6. It can be stated that concentration of

the aforesaid parameters was found to be below the detection limit.

The analysis of additional parameters monitored for ambient air quality at the location A1

reveals that the values did not exceed the limits prescribed by CPCB, during the sampling period.

The concentration of Ammonia varied between 23.3 to 34.8g/m3. The average concentration of

Ammonia was estimated to be 27.34g/m3. The values of Ground level ozone were estimated to

be within the range of 21.0 to 30.8g/m3. The average concentration was computed to be 26.4




g/m3. The presence of heavy metals such as lead, arsenic and nickel were estimated to be

below the detectable limits and thus their presence can be said to be negligible.

Table 3.6 Results of Additional Air Quality Parameters at Project Site

Conclusion: The analysis and observations indicate that levels of pollutants were found to be

within the standards prescribed by the CPCB. It important to state that there is negligible degree

of variation in the 98th

Percentile values compared to the maximum values at all the sampling

locations. This indicates that the data is statistically normal distribution. The high concentration

of pollution in the location A1 can be said to due to the fact that it is located in the MIDC area

which experiences emissions from industrial processes and also due to vehicular activity in and

around the monitoring locations. The lowest level of pollution is experienced at location A8. The

lowest level of pollution is experienced in the locations which are located near the reserved

forest areas and having minimal anthropogenic activity.

It is noteworthy to mention that the parameters monitored were found to be within the prescribed

standards by the CPCB.

Sr. No. Parameters

A1- Premises of Ambernath Organics

Pvt. Ltd., NAAQ Standards

Min. Max. Avg.

1. Ozone (O3) g/m3 21.0 30.8 26.4 100 (8 Hourly)

2. Lead (Pb) ng/m3 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 1.0 (24 Hourly)

3. Ammonia (NH3) g/m3 23.3 34.8 27.35 400 (24 Hourly)

4. Benzo (a) pyrene (BaP) ng/m3 <0.20 <0.20 <0.20 1.0 (Annual)

5. Arsenic (As) ng/m3 <5.00 <5.00 <5.00 6.0 (Annual)

6. Nickel (Ni) ng/m3 <5.00 <5.00 <5.00 20 (Annual)

7. Benzene (C6 H6) g/m3 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 5 (Annual)

*Monitoring & Analysis performed by Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd., Laboratory




3.3. Surface Water Quality

3.3.1. Surface water sources in the study area

The study area can be observed to have a single river running along the East to West side of the

project site. Apart from this the study area has presence of reservoirs, lakes, located within the

10km. radius or the study area. The primary surface water body in the study area is Kundalika

River draining into the Arabian Sea. The sampling locations for the water bodies were finalized

after reconnaissance survey and consultation with the functional area experts from the respective

areas.

3.3.2. Probable sources of surface water pollution in the study area

The Kundalika River Stretch in the study area is subjected to industrial and domestic

discharges from the Dhatav MIDC area. It is to be noted that the river stretch is also subjected to

discharge of domestic effluent from the residential area of Roha and surrounding villages.

3.3.3. Sampling Methodology

a. Criteria for Selection of water quality sampling locations

The locations for collection of representative sample were selected considering -

1. The sampling locations were selected based on upstream and downstream uses of the

water body.

2. Drainage Pattern.

3. Mouth of local/MIDC drains into the river.

4. Lake/Dam in the study area

5. Water bodies which may be affected due to the proposed activity.

Based on the above understanding the sampling locations selected are presented on Google Earth

Imagery in Fig. 3.7 and on SOI map in Fig. 3.8. A total of eight sampling locations were selected

for the present study. The details of the sampling locations are highlighted in Table 3.9.





Grab samples were collected from the identified surface water bodies located in the study area.

The sampling frequency was once during the sampling period of the proposed project (study

period – March to May, 2015).

3.3.5. Sample Collection, Preservation and Transportation:

Samples were collected by trained personnel having adequate experience. It is vital that all the

procedures are followed during the process of sample transport and storage in order to ensure

homogeneity of the samples. It is also important to note that care should be taken that the

samples are not altered significantly in their condition and are in a state acceptable for analysis at

the laboratory.

The key aspects which were taken care of during transport and storage are highlighted as under:

• Samples were collected in HDPE containers and packed to avoid breakage and cross-

contamination.

• Sample degradation was reduced through appropriate preservation and 1ml 1N HNO3 per

liter of sample was added for analysis of selected metals.

• Sample containers were sealed, labeled and carefully packed with an appropriate packing

material and stored in chilled containers (around 4C). The chain of custody records was

also maintained as per standard protocol.

• Microbiology samples were collected in sterile Pyrex-glass bottles

• The pH and Temperature were monitored at the time of collection and the DO was fixed

on site.

The list of parameters assessed and the methodologies for analysis of water samples are

presented in Table 3.7. The method detection limits are also provided in the table with respective

units of measurement. The details of sampling locations are provided in Table 3.8.




Table No.3.7: Methodologies Used for Surface Water Analysis

Sr. No. Parameter Method Detection Limit/ Unit

1 pH APHA 4500 H+ - B 0.01-14

2 Total Dissolved Solids APHA 2540 - C 5.00 mg/lit

3 Chlorides as Cl - APHA 4500 Cl

- - B 10.00 mg/lit

4 Sulphate as SO4- APHA 4500 SO4

2 - E 1.00 mg/lit

5 Total Hardness as CaCO3 APHA 2340 - C 2.00 mg/lit

6 Nitrate as NO3 APHA-4500-NO3-B 1.00 mg/lit

7 Fluoride as F- APHA-4500-F

- - D 0.02 mg/lit

8 Phosphate APHA-4500-PC 1.00 mg/lit

9 Bicarbonate APHA 2340 - B 1.00 mg/lit

10 COD APHA-5220-B 4.00 mg/lit

11 BOD APHA-5210-B 3.00 mg/lit

12 DO APHA-4500-C 1.00 mg/lit

13 Arsenic as As APHA- 3114-B 0.01 mg/lit

14 Calcium as Ca APHA- 3500-B 1.00 mg/lit

15 Cadmium as Cd APHA- 3111-B 0.003 mg/lit

16 Chromium as Cr APHA- 3112-B 0.05 mg/lit

17 Iron as Fe APHA- 3111-B 0.3 mg/lit

18 Lead as Pb APHA- 3111-B 0.01 mg/lit

19 Magnesium as Mg APHA- 3111-B 1.00 mg/lit

20 Mercury as Hg APHA- 3112-B 0.001 mg/lit

21 Nickel as Ni APHA- 3111-B 0.02 mg/lit

22 Potassium as K APHA- 3111-B 0.1 mg/lit

23 Sodium as Na APHA- 3111-B 0.1 mg/lit

24 Zinc as Zn APHA- 3111-B 0.1 mg/lit

25 Total coliforms at 370C for 48 hrs. APHA-9221-B Absent

26 Ecoli at 44.50C for 24hrs. APHA-9221-G Absent




Fig No 3.7: Surface Water Quality Monitoring Locations (Google Earth Imagery)




SW 6

Fig No 3.8: Surface Water Quality Monitoring Locations (SOI map)




Table No. 3.8 Details of Surface Water Quality Monitoring Stations

The results for the sampling are presented in Table 3.9. It should be noted that the water

from the selected water bodies for sampling locations is used for different purposes. Based on

their usage these are water bodies are categorized as per CPCB guidelines. The categorization

was also on the basis of field observations and experience of respective Functional Area Experts.

The criteria for classification of the water bodies are provided in Table 3.10. On the basis of the

aforesaid criteria, it can be stated that locations SW1, SW2 and SW 6 to SW8 can be classified

into the “E” category. The water bodies SW3, to SW5 can be categorized into category “B”.

Sr.

No. Sampling Location


Direction Dist. (Km) Lat Long

1 SW1 Upstream of Kundalika

river near Dhatav MIDC NEE 2.16 18°25'50.57"N 73°10'12.23"E

2 SW2 Downstream of Kundalika

river near Are khurd NW 7.67 18°27'45.15"N 73° 5'22.17"E

3 SW3 Small stream near

Mahadev vadi SSW 1.18 18°24'56.57"N 73° 8'42.76"E

4 SW4 Kundalika River near

Roha city NWW 7.92 18°26'31.08"N 73° 7'6.62"E

5 SW5 Upstream of Kundalika

river near Bahe village NNE 1.88 18°26'24.70"N 73° 9'30.77"E

6 SW6 Small stream near Roha

Ashtami NNW 3.72 18°27'21.91"N 73° 8'12.82"E

7 SW7 Lake in Killa Village SEE 2.56 18°25'10.63"N 73°10'26.34"E

8 SW8 Lake in Usar Village W 7.98 18°25'33.35"N 73° 4'29.87"E




Table No. 3.9 Surface Water Quality Results Sr.

No. Parameters

Locations Unit

SW-1 SW-2 SW-3 SW-4 SW-5 SW-6 SW-7 SW-8

1. pH 7.4 7.6 7.2 7.7 7.3 7.1 6.9 7.5 -

2. Total Dissolved Solids 316 2718 245 258 208 231 186 192 mg/lit

3. Chlorides as Cl - 34.6 1082.0 16.9 35.5 23.6 24.2 20.6 28.7 mg/lit

4. Sulphate as SO4- 46 386 48.2 15.6 20.8 52.9 10.56 3.89 mg/lit

5. Total Hardness as CaCO3 238 766 206 262 191 271 169 167 mg/lit

6. Nitrate as NO3 <1.0 9.8 1.8 1.6 <1.0 4.8 <1.0 <1.0 mg/lit

7. Fluoride as F- 0.15 0.72 0.38 0.29 0.18 0.16 0.22 0.63 mg/lit

8. Arsenic as As <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 mg/lit

9. PO4-- 1.6 8.9 2.4 3.8 1.2 1.1 1.6 1.8 mg/lit

10. Bicarbonates 189 367 104 110 83 118 75 82 mg/lit

11. Calcium as Ca 84 148 42.5 57 36 44 39.8 43.5 mg/lit

12. Cadmium as Cd <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 mg/lit

13. Iron as Fe <0.30 0.59 <0.30 <0.30 <0.30 0.46 <0.30 <0.30 mg/lit

14. Lead as Pb <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 mg/lit

15. Magnesium as Mg 3.40 96 4.8 4.20 11.70 5.84 4.20 1.80 mg/lit

16. Chromium as Cr <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 mg/lit

17. Mercury as Hg <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 mg/lit

18. K+ 2.0 8.9 1.7 1.4 2.2 2.3 1.6 1.1 mg/lit

19. Nickel as Ni <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 mg/lit

20. Na+ 19.8 768 20.4 5.2 3.9 12 5.8 7.9 mg/lit

21. Zinc as Zn 0.67 0.74 <0.1 <0.1 0.7 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 mg/lit

22. Total coliforms at 370C for 48 hrs. 28 1600 130 36 21 540 11 23 Org/100ml

23. Ecoli at 44.50C for 24hrs. Absent Present Present Absent Absent Present Absent Absent Org/100ml

24. COD 22 160 16 18 20 70 16 12 mg/lit

25. BOD 11 98 10 12 14 26 8.2 9.4 mg/lit

26. DO 5.3 5.8 4.9 5.1 6.1 5.4 6.3 6.2 mg/lit Note: Monitoring & Analysis performed by Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd., Laboratory




Table No. 3.10 IS: 2296–1982_Inland_Surface_Water_Stds

Parameter A B C D E Unit

pH 6.5-8.5

EC - - 1000 2250 mS/c

Color 10 300 300 - - Hazen

Odor Agreeable - - - - -

TSS - - - - - mg/l

TDS 500 - 1500 - 2100 mg/l

Turbidity - - - - - mg/l

AlkalinityasCaCO3 - - - - - mg/l

Chloride as Cl 250 - 600 - 600 mg/l

SulphateasSO4 400 - 400 - 1000 mg/l

NitratesasNO3 20 - 50 - - mg/l

HardnessasCaCO3 300 - - - - mg/l

CalciumasCaCO3 200 - - - - mg/l

MagnesiumasCaCO3 100 - - - - mg/l

Sodium as Na - - - - - mg/l

Potassium as K - - - - - mg/l

Fluoride as F 1.5 1.5 1.5 - - mg/l

Iron as Fe 0.3 - 50 - - mg/l

DO 6 5 4 - - mg/l

COD - - - - - mg/l

BODat27oC 2 3 3 - - mg/l

A-Drinking water without conventional treatment but after disinfection B-Outdoor bathing(organized) C-Drinking water source with conventional treatment followed by disinfection D - Propagation of wild life, fisheries E -Irrigation, industrial, cooling, controlled waste disposal




3.3.6. Interpretation

The results of the surface water analysis are discussed in the section. The values obtained are

compared with the standards prescribed for the respective designated use of the water body as

categorized in the earlier part of the study.

Based on the analysis results of water samples it can be stated that the pH of all the samples was

found to vary between: 6.9 - 7.7. It should be noted that the values obtained were within the desirable

limit for pH as prescribed by CPCB. The total hardness was observed to be ranging between 167 to

766 mg/l. The maximum value of hardness was recorded at SW2 which is a creek water location and

the minimum value was recorded at SW8. The concentration of Total Dissolved Solids was in the

range of 186 mg/l to 2718 mg/l. The maximum concentration of Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) was

observed at SW2 whereas the minimum TDS concentration was observed at SW7. The large variation

observed in the concentration of TDS can be said to be present since the locations are varied ranging

from river water body to lakes and creeks. The Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) & Biochemical

Oxygen Demand (BOD) values were calculated to be in the range of 12 mg/l to 160 mg/l & 9.4 mg/l

to 98.0 mg/l respectively. The COD values at all the locations were well within the CPCB prescribed

standards.

It should be noted that in case of the selected water bodies (sampling locations) classified under

category “E”, the parameters were found to be within the prescribed limits except for SW2 which had

a high value of TDS and chlorides. It should be noted that the sampling location is located close to

the junction where there is confluence of estuarine water and river water.

The locations SW3 to SW5 are categorized in category “B”. Out of the prescribed parameters, for the

category the limit for BOD can be observed to be exceeding at all the locations. The same can be said

in the case of Dissolved oxygen.




Based on the above results and inferences it can be stated that the water from the above water bodies

can be used for their designated purposes (outdoor) as per Inland Surface Water Standards after

disinfection and necessary treatment.

3.3.7. Whether the site falls near to the polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF

& CC

The proposed project of M/s Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. is falls at a distance of 920m from

Kundalika River which is identified as polluted river by CPCB. The identified polluted stretch of

Kundalika River is around 25 km, from Salav to Roha. The areas where Kundalika River are

critically polluted are Sundarnagar, Ashtami, Roha.

(Reference: Series: MINARS/37 /2014-15 RIVER STRETCHES FOR RESTORATION OF WATER QUALITY by

CPCB, dated Feb 2015.)




3.4. Ground Water Quality

3.4.1. Ground water sources in the study area

Although, fresh water is supplied by the pipeline in the Roha city, ground water is used as an

alternate source in surrounding villages for drinking and domestic purposes. Therefore it is

important to assess the existing baseline status of the ground water quality.

3.4.2. Probable sources of ground water pollution in the study area

Uncontrolled discharge of treated and/or untreated industrial effluent, open discharge of treated

and/or untreated sewerage can be one of the principle sources of ground water pollution in the

area. Apart from the above ground water can be polluted by other activities such as excessive use

of chemical fertilizers in farming, leaching from landfills having toxic or municipal solid waste,

etc.


The section discusses regarding the sampling related procedures, methodologies and parameters

selected for analysis. The section also highlights the criteria adopted for selection of ground

water sampling locations. The selected sampling locations and their coordinates are presented in

Table 3.11.

Table No. 3.11 Details of Sampling Locations for Ground Water samples

Sr.



Direction Dist.

(Km) Lat Long Source of Sampling

1 GW1 Warse village NWW 1.76 18°25'46.62"N 73° 8'4.61"E Open well

2 GW2 Khari village NWW 4.90 18°26'12.24"N 73° 6'20.95"E Open well

3 GW3 Ashtami Village NW 5.88 18°27'25.32"N 73° 6'22.22"E Open well

4 GW4 Khamb village NEE 6.39 18°27'10.89"N 73°12'13.34"E Open well

5 GW5 Sangade village N 2.02 18°26'35.54"N 73° 8'57.02"E Open well

6 GW6 Pale Khurd SEE 4.41 18°24'47.22"N 73°11'26.82"E Open well

7 GW7 Talghar Village SW 1.77 18°24'43.55"N 73° 8'27.32"E Open well

8 GW8 Tambadi Village SWW 6.57 18°23'22.78"N 73° 6'2.72"E Open well




As per the Standard ToR sampling was decided to be carried out at 8 locations. The water quality

monitoring network of was designed with the intention to evaluate the prevailing ground water

quality in the study area. The sampling frequency was once in as season (study period – March to

May, 2015). The details of the methodology for ground water sampling is provided in Table No.

3.12

3.4.4. Selection criteria for water quality sampling locations

The sampling sites were selected considering the following criteria -

1. Drainage Pattern.

2. Areas which may be affected due to the proposed activity.

3. Any probable locations with open discharge of sewage or waste water.

4. Location of any solid waste dumping facility in the vicinity of the project site.

Apart from this in cases where the sampling locations are situated close to MIDC areas, ground

water pollution can be said to be affected by underground (illegal) discharging of waste water by

the industrial units. If any such cases are reported then sampling is conducted in the surrounding

area.

Based on the above criteria eight sampling locations were selected for the present study.

These locations are marked on Google Earth Imagery in Fig. 3.9 and SOI map in 3.10.

The results for analysis conducted are presented in Table 3.12. These results are compared

with the drinking water standards provided by IS (Table 3.14).

The aspects related to Sample Collection, Preservation and Transportation are described in

detail in the above section 3.3.5.




Table.3.12 Parameters and Methodologies for Analysis of Ground Water Samples

Sr. No. Parameter Method Detection Limit/Unit

1. pH APHA 4500 H+ - B 0.01-14

2. Total Dissolved Solids APHA 2540 - C 5.00 mg/lit

3. Chlorides as Cl - APHA 4500 Cl

- - B 10.00 mg/lit

4. Sulphate as SO4- APHA 4500 SO4

2 - E 1.00 mg/lit

5. Total Hardness as CaCO3 APHA 2340 - C 2.00 mg/lit

6. Nitrate as NO3 APHA-4500-NO3-B 1.00 mg/lit

7. Fluoride as F- APHA-4500-F

- - D 0.02 mg/lit

8. Phosphate APHA-4500-PC 1.00 mg/lit

9. Bicarbonate APHA 2340 - B 1.00 mg/lit

10. COD APHA-5220-B 4.00 mg/lit

11. BOD APHA-5210-B 3.00 mg/lit

12. Arsenic as As APHA- 3114-B 0.01 mg/lit

13. Calcium as Ca APHA- 3500-B 1.00 mg/lit

14. Cadmium as Cd APHA- 3111-B 0.003 mg/lit

15. Chromium as Cr APHA- 3112-B 0.05 mg/lit

16. Iron as Fe APHA- 3111-B 0.3 mg/lit

17. Lead as Pb APHA- 3111-B 0.01 mg/lit

18. Magnesium as Mg APHA- 3111-B 1.00 mg/lit

19. Mercury as Hg APHA- 3112-B 0.001 mg/lit

20. Nickel as Ni APHA- 3111-B 0.02 mg/lit

21. Potassium as K APHA- 3111-B 0.1 mg/lit

22. Sodium as Na APHA- 3111-B 0.1 mg/lit

23. Zinc as Zn APHA- 3111-B 0.1 mg/lit

24. Total coliforms at 370C for 48 hrs. APHA-9221-B Absent

25. Ecoli at 44.50C for 24hrs. APHA-9221-G Absent




Fig No. 3.9: Ground Water Quality Monitoring Locations (Google Earth Imagery)




Fig. 3.10 Ground Water Sampling Locations (SOI map)




Table No.: 3.13 Water Quality of Ground Water Samples for Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd.

Sr. No. Parameter Results

Unit GW-1 GW-2 GW-3 GW-4 GW-5 GW-6 GW-7 GW-8

1. pH 7.6 7.2 7.5 7.3 6.9 7.1 6.9 7.6 - 2. Total Dissolved Solids 306 296 156 122 145 190 301 104 mg/lit 3. Chlorides as Cl - 50.02 41.02 18 9 25.02 12 60 16 mg/lit 4. Sulphate as SO4- 17.61 14.2 9.9 1.2 11.56 4.86 28 6.23 mg/lit 5. Total Hardness as CaCO3 174 152 188 190 168 178 180 120 mg/lit 6. Nitrate as NO3 <1.0 1.6 1.9 2.2 1.4 <1.0 1.3 1.7 mg/lit 7. Fluoride as F- 0.14 0.16 0.08 0.12 0.15 0.21 0.19 0.09 mg/lit 8. Arsenic as As <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 mg/lit 9. Cadmium as Cd <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 <0.003 mg/lit 10. Calcium as Ca 40.08 24.04 36.4 38.2 46.8 48.5 42.48 35.1 mg/lit 11. Iron as Fe <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 <0.3 mg/lit 12. Nickel as Ni <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 mg/lit 13. Lead as Pb <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 mg/lit 14. Mercury as Hg <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 mg/lit 15. Magnesium as Mg 18 22.43 13.65 10.72 23.4 12.93 18.02 18.53 mg/lit 16. Zinc as Zn 0.68 0.26 0.48 0.34 <0.1 <0.1 0.74 <0.1 mg/lit

17. Total coliforms at 370C for 48 hrs.

11 23 30 14 36 21 15 28 Org/100ml

18. E.-coli at 44.50C for 24hrs. Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Org/100ml 19. COD <4.00 <4.00 <4.00 <4.00 <4.00 <4.00 <4.00 <4.00 mg/lit 20. BOD <1.00 <1.00 <1.00 <1.00 <1.00 <1.00 <1.00 <1.00 mg/lit

21. Sodium 40.3 33.4 14.8 6.9 21.3 10.6 49.4 11.9 mg/lit

22. Potassium 2.1 2.3 1.6 1.1 1.8 2.4 2.5 2.8 mg/lit 23. Phosphate 1.2 1.6 2.1 1.8 1.3 1.4 1.1 <1 mg/lit 24. Bicarbonate 86 80 46 39 75 33 96 58 mg/lit 25. Chromium <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 mg/lit

Note: *Monitoring & Analysis performed by Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd., Laboratory




Table 3.14 IS:10500:2012 Standards for Drinking Water

Sr.No. Parameter Acceptable Permissible in the Absence

of Alternate source Unit

1 pH 6.5-8.5 No relaxation

2 Total Dissolved Solids 500 2000 mg/l

3 Chlorides as Cl - 250 1000 mg/l

4 Sulphate as SO4- 200 400 mg/l

5 Phosphate NS NS mg/l 6 Total Hardness as CaCO3 200 600 mg/l 7 Nitrate as NO3 45 No relaxation mg/l 8 Bicarbonate NS NS mg/l 9 Arsenic as As 0.01 0.05 mg/l

10 Calcium as Ca 75 200 mg/l 11 Sodium NS NS mg/l 12 Potassium NS NS mg/l 13 Cadmium as Cd 0.003 No relaxation mg/l 14 Iron as Fe 0.3 No relaxation mg/l 15 Lead as Pb 0.01 No relaxation mg/l 16 Chromium 0.05 No relaxation mg/l 17 Mercury as Hg 0.001 No relaxation mg/l 18 Nickel as Ni 0.02 No relaxation mg/l 19 Zinc as Zn 5 15 mg/l

20 Total coliforms at 37

0C for 48

hrs. Absent Absent Org/100ml

21 Ecoli at 44.50C for 24hrs. Absent Absent Org/100ml

22 COD NS NS mg/l 23 BOD NS NS mg/l 24 Fluoride F- 1.0 1.5 mg/l 25 Magnesium Mg++ 30 100 mg/l

* NS: Not Specified

3.4.5. Interpretation:

The above results reveal that the pH of all the ground water samples was within the acceptable

limit of the prescribed standards. It should be noted that the concentration of heavy metals like

arsenic, chromium, lead, mercury, nickel, cadmium & zinc were either not detected or were

below the prescribed standards. Iron was not detected in all the ground water samples. The

hardness of all the ground water samples was found to be ranging between 120-190 mg/lit which

can be said to close to the prescribed acceptable standards. It can be observed that the values for




total dissolved solids in all the sampling locations were estimated to be under the acceptable

standards for drinking water. The concentration of total dissolved solids ranged between 104-306

mg/lit. The maximum concentration of was observed at location GW 1 whereas the minimum

concentration was observed at GW8.

It should be noted that the microbiological analysis of the samples indicate that e-coli was absent

in all the ground water samples.

Thus based on the above results it can be stated that the water from the said samples can be

considered fit for consumption and potable purpose with primary treatment. The water can be

used for domestic utilization and gardening without any treatment.




3.5. Noise Level Monitoring

Noise level pollution in the rural or urban areas is of great concern. It is known that high and

prolonged or continuous exposure to noise levels leads to deleterious effects on the humans,

plants and animals. Monitoring of Noise level provides an insight pertaining to the prevailing

conditions of noise in the surrounding areas. This data can considered as a baseline data for a

given area. Noise levels monitored help in deciding the control strategies abatement of noise

pollution.

3.5.1. Noise generation sources in the study area

It should be noted that the present proposed project site is located in the notified industrial area,

the primary sources of noise generation in the study area can be said to be the industrial activities

carried out in the surroundings. Other sources contributing to high noise levels can be the

movement of heavy vehicles in the nearby areas. Apart from the heavy vehicles, the number of

public and private vehicles plying in the region can be a source of noise pollution.

3.5.2. Monitoring Details

Noise monitoring was carried out as per the Central Pollution Control Board guidelines on 24-

hourly basis at 8 locations in 10 km radius of the study area. Monitoring was carried out on

weekly basis (once in a week). The locations were decided as per the guidance of the Functional

Area Experts and are presented in Fig.3.11 on Google Earth Image and 3.12 on SOI maps . The

noise levels monitored were grouped into day and night time noise levels. The day time is

considered to be during 6 am to 10 pm and night noise time is considered between 10 pm to 6 am

at all the locations in the study area. The noise monitoring was carried out by a precision

integrated noise meter of baseline technology Model No. 2511. It should be noted that location

A1 is situated in the industrial area while rest of the locations are categorized into sensitive and

residential areas. The standards used for comparison of the noise levels are therefore used as per

the standards prescribed regulations of CPCB.




3.5.3. Criteria for selection of noise level monitoring locations

The locations for representative noise monitoring were selected considering the following

criteria:-

1. Identification of probable sources.

2. Identification of Sensitive Receptors around the project area.

3. Individuals/Areas likely to be affected due to the proposed activity.

4. Topography of the study area.

5. Site feasibility related to accessibility, etc.

The details of the monitoring locations are provided in Table 3.15.




Fig No. 3.11: Noise Level Monitoring Locations on Google Earth Imagery




Fig. 3.12: Sampling Locations for Noise Monitoring on SOI map




Table No. 3.15 Details of Noise Quality Monitoring Stations

The ambient air quality monitoring results for all the monitoring locations is presented in Table

3.16.

Table No. 3.16 Result of Ambient Noise Monitoring

Code Monitoring Location Noise in dB(A) Leq

Daytime

Noise in dB(A) Leq

Night Time

N1 Premises of AOPL 65 52

N2 Dhatav Village 51 42

N3 Ladhar Village 49 40

N4 Near Bhuwaneshwar village 46 38

N5 Pingalsai village 48 42

N6 Near Malsai 42 39

N7 Devakanhe 45 37

N8 Nivi village 40 34

NAAQ Noise Limit (Industrial Area) 75 70

NAAQ Noise Limit (Residential Area) 55 45

Note: Monitoring & Analysis performed by Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd, Laboratory.

Sr.



Direction Dist. (Km) Lat Long Type of Area

1 N1 Premises of AOPL - Centre 18°25'30.43"N 73° 9'1.72"E Industrial

2 N2 Dhatav Village SE 1.54 km 18°24'59.82"N 73° 9'43.20"E Residential

3 N3 Ladhar Village S 2.54 km 18°24'8.37"N 73° 8'49.27"E Residential

4 N4 Near Bhuwaneshwar

village SWW 2.26 k.m. 18°25'5.74"N 73° 7'48.88"E Residential

5 N5 Pingalsai village NW 4.28 k.m. 18°27'10.70"N 73° 7'20.12"E Residential

6 N6 Near Malsai NNW 3.52 k.m. 18°27'21.11"N 73° 8'29.89"E Residential 7 N7 Devakanhe NNE 2.73 k.m. 18°26'54.60"N 73° 9'29.97"E Residential

8 N8 Nivi village SW 4.09 km 18°24'21.64"N 73° 7'2.16"E Residential





Industrial Zone

The day time noise level at the project premises was observed to be 65 dB (A) while during night

time the noise level was recorded to be 52 dB (A). It should be noted that the noise levels during

the day time as well as night time were estimated to be under the prescribed standards by Central

Pollution Control Board.

Residential Zone

The noise monitoring conducted at seven locations for 24hr, once in a week and average hourly

readings were recorded. The minimum noise level recorded during the daytime was observed at

location N8, where as the maximum noise levels can be observed at location N2. It should be

noted that the permissible limits for noise did not exceed at any of the locations selected for

sampling.




3.6. Soil Quality

3.6.1. Probable sources of soil pollution/contamination in the study area

Soil can be said to be polluted due to the discharge of treated or un-treated effluent,

hazardous waste generated, solid waste by various industries located in the industrial cluster. If

the industrial wastes are not disposed off scientifically they may leach into soil and affect the soil

quality adversely. This problem can also arise by uncontrolled disposal of municipal solid waste

or sewage inhabited or vacated land.

3.6.2. Sampling Techniques:

The soil samples were collected from 1.5 m depth

The samples were stored in 1Kg. HDPE zip-lock bags and transported to laboratory in cool

and dry containers.

The samples were analyzed for physical & chemical characteristics. The samples have been

analyzed as per the established methods for physico-chemical parameters & heavy metals.


The sampling frequency was once a season (study period March to May, 2015) from eight

locations.

3.6.4. Criteria for soil sampling location

The locations for collection of representative sample were selected considering -

1. From agricultural land in downwind direction

2. From comparatively polluted site viz. within industrial area

Based on the above understanding the eight sampling locations were identified for the purpose of

sampling is presented in Fig. 3.13 and Fig. 3.14 on Google Earth Image and SOI maps. The

coordinates of the sampling locations are provided in Table 3.16.




Fig. No. 3.13 Soil Quality Sampling Locations (Google Earth Imagery)




Fig. No. 3.14 Soil Quality Sampling Locations (SOI map)




Table No.3.17 Details of Soil Quality Sampling Stations

The parameters for the analysis and the corresponding methodologies are presented in Table

3.18. the results are provided in Table 3.19

Table No. 3.18 Methodology of soil quality analysis

Sr.

No. Parameters Units Method

1. pH - IS:2720 (PART 26)-1987

2. Moisture Content % Procedure for Soil Analysis by Food and Agriculture Organization of

United nations /International soil reference & information center

compiled under Edited by LP Vanreeuwijk 6 Edition 2002

3. Organic matter %

4. Exchangeable Calcium as

Ca mg/kg

5. Color - SW 846

6. Soil texture mg/kg Trivedi & Goel

7. Electrical Conductivity mS/cm IS :14767 : 2000

8. Water holding Capacity % Hand book of methods in envt studies vol-II by S K Maiti

9. Phosphorus as P mg/kg

Lab SOP no. SEE/LD/SOP-SA/28 issue dt 29/03/2014 based on

procedure of soil Analysis by Food and Agriculture Organization of

United nations /International soil reference & information center

compiled under Edited by LP Vanreeuwijk 6 Edition 2002

10. Total Nitrogen mg/kg

Lab SOP No. SEE/LD/SP-SA/04 (Based on procedure for Soil

Analysis by Food and Agriculture Organization of United nations

/International soil reference & information center compiled under

Sr. No. Sampling Code & Location Direction Dist.

(Km) Coordinates

Area/Land use

type

1. S1 Project Site - - 18°25'27.77"N 73° 9'3.62"E Industrial

2. S2 Dhatav village SE 1.0 18°25'6.15"N 73° 9'25.01"E Agricultural

3. S3 Talaghar Village SW 1.9 18°24'50.20"N 73° 8'13.50"E Agricultural

4. S4 Ladhar Village SW 2.6 18°24'7.14"N 73° 8'49.71"E Agricultural

5. S5 Pingalsai Village NW 4.5 18°27'9.32"N 73° 7'15.43"E Agricultural

6. S6 Malsai Village NW 3.6 18°27'20.67"N 73° 8'29.24"E Agricultural

7. S7 Devkanhe Village NE 2.7 18°26'54.66"N 73° 9'29.26"E Agricultural

8. S8 Nivii Village SW 4.2 18°24'21.98"N 73° 6'59.07"E Agricultural




Sr.

No. Parameters Units Method

Edited by LP Vanreeuwijk 6 Edition 2002)

11. Nitrite as NO2- mg/kg

Leachate Preparation - Soil Analysis by Food and Agriculture

Organization and rest as per APHA 4500- NO2-B 22 nd Edition

12. Arsenic as As mg/kg EPA - 3050 B 7000-B

13. Cadmium as Cd mg/kg EPA - 3050 B 7000-B

14. Chromium as Cr mg/kg EPA - 3050 B 7000-B

15. Lead as Pb mg/kg EPA - 3050 B 7000-B

16. Magnesium as Mg mg/kg EPA - 3050 B 7000-B

17. Iron as Fe mg/kg EPA - 3050 B 7000-B

18. Potassium as K mg/kg EPA - 3050 B 7000-B

19. Sodium as Na mg/kg EPA - 3050 B 7000-B


The findings of the study reveal that pH of the soil in the study area ranged between 7.0 – 7.8

which is an indicative of the neutral to moderately alkaline nature of soil. The values for

Nitrogen at all locations varied between 33 to 78 kg/ha. Maximum concentration of nitrogen was

observed at location S6.

The concentration of phosphate was estimated to be between 121 to 181 kg/ha. The highest

concentration can be observed at location S8, while the lowest concentration can be observed at

location S3.

It is important to note that the concentration of potassium was found to be high at all locations

ranging between 306 to 501 kg/ha.

Based on the above findings it can be concluded that the soil samples can be classified as per soil

classification given by Tondon H.L.S. (2005). The samples fall under low to medium fertile soils

(Table 3.20 and table 3.21). The presence of heavy metals like arsenic, cadmium, lead &

chromium in both the soil samples were below the detection limit.




Table 3.19 Analysis of Soil Samples for Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd.

Sr. No. Parameters Location

Units S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8

1 pH 7.8 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.6 7.1 7.5 7.0 -

2 Moisture Content 25 40 24 26 30 34 29 36 %

3 Organic matter 1.7 2.5 1.3 1.8 2.0 1.9 1.6 1.4 %

4 Exchangeable Calcium as Ca 384 241 286 264 298 308 320 314 mg/kg

5 Color Gray Gray Redish

Brown

Redish

Brown

Redish

Brown Reddish Redissh

Redissh

Yellow -

6 Soil texture Sandy

loom

Sandy

loom

Sandy

loam

Sandy

loam

Sandy

loam Clay loam Clay loam

Sandy

loam mg/kg

7 Electrical Conductivity 0.70 0.65 0.63 0.50 0.80 0.74 0.64 0.68 mS/cm

8 Water holding Capacity 49 32 36 40 44 38 35 34 %

9 Arsenic as As ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND mg/kg

10 Cadmium as Cd ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND mg/kg

11 Chromium as Cr ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND mg/kg

12 Lead as Pb ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND mg/kg

13 Magnesium as Mg 760 904 780 864 858 924 888 764 mg/kg

14 Iron as Fe 63600 27800 28868 35894 65489 68543 59684 58812 mg/kg

15 Potassium as K 334 204 208 226 320 314 264 258 mg/kg

16 Total Nitrogen 52 24 28 36 44 22 25 30 mg/kg

17 Phosphate as PO4- 90.2 86.6 80.4 94.6 106.4 108.9 114.8 120.6 mg/kg

18 Cation exchange capacity 29.6 24.6 55.8 43.6 40.8 30.4 64.8 42.4 mg/kg 19 SAR 5.6 3.8 4.5 3.9 4.8 5.9 12.5 10.4 mg/kg

Note: Monitoring & Analysis performed by Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd, Laboratory.




Table 3.20 Chemical Classification of Soil Quality

Sr. No. Soil Test Classification

1 pH

4.5 Extremely acidic

4.51- 5.50 Very strongly acidic

5.51-6.00 moderately acidic

6.01-6.50 slightly acidic

6.51-7.30 Neutral

7.31-7.80 slightly alkaline

7.81-8.50 moderately alkaline

8.51-9.0 strongly alkaline

9.01 very strongly alkaline

2

Salinity Electrical Conductivity

(mmhos/cm)

(1ppm = 640 mmho/cm)

Upto 1.00 Average

1.01-2.00 harmful to germination

2.01-3.00 harmful to crops

(sensitive to salts)

3 Organic Carbon (%)

Upto 0.2: very less

0.21-0.4: less

0.41-0.5 medium,

0.51-0.8: on an average sufficient

0.81-1.00: sufficient

>1.0 more than sufficient

4 Nitrogen (Kg/ha)

Upto 50 very less

51-100 less

101-150 good

151-300 Better

>300 sufficient

5 Phosphorus (Kg/ha)

Upto 15 very less

16-30 less

31-50 medium

51-65 on an average sufficient

66-80 sufficient

>80 more than sufficient

6 Potash (Kg/ha)

0 -120 very less

120-180 less

181-240 medium

241-300 average

301-360 better

>360 more than sufficient

Source: Hand Book of Agriculture, ICAR, New Delhi




Table 3.21 Levels of Soil Fertility

Soil Fertility

Level

Organic

Carbon (%)

Available

N kg/ha

Available

P2O5 kg/ha

Available

K2O kg/ha

Very high > 1.00 > 700 > 80.0 > 360

High 0.81- 1.00 561 – 700 64 – 80 301 – 360

Medium 0.61-0.80 421 – 560 48 – 64 241 – 300

Medium Low 0.41-0.60 281 – 420 32 – 48 181 – 240

Low 0.21-0.40 141 – 280 16 – 32 121 – 180

Very Low 0.20 140 16.0 120

Source : Tondon H.L.S.( 2005 )




3.7.Geology & Hydrogeology of the study area

The entire district is covered by basaltic lava flows known as “Deccan Traps”. These Deccan

Traps are capped by latterites. The Recent, Sub-Recent and Pleistocene latterites are observed

within the study area. Geologically Konkan lowland is a platform of marine denuation raised to

form a narrow plain.

The steep scarps facing the coast and some-what gentle slopes towards the east believed to be

due to extensive faulting of the Ghat-region. The geology of entire study area is consist of dark

basalt and latterite. These are spread out in the form of horizontal sheets and beds and have

innumerable spurs, hills, ridges, peaks and plateau.

The district is drained by short westwards flowing parallel streams, which originate in the

Sahyadri Mountains in the east and flow into the Arabian Sea. Ulhas, Patalganga, Amba,

Kundlika, Savitri, Kal, Gandhari and Ghod are the major rivers in the district. The district has

experienced hot and humid climate.

3.7.1. Geology of Raigad District


due to extensive faulting of the Ghat-region. The geology of entire study area is consist of dark

basalt and latterite. These are spread out in the form of horizontal sheets and beds and have

innumerable spurs, hills, ridges, peaks and plateau.

Geologically Konkan lowland is a platform of marine denuation raised to form a narrow plain.


due to extensive faulting of the ghat region. The geology of the entire district consists of dark

colored volcanic lava and laterites which date back to Mesozoic period. These are spread out in

the form of horizontal sheets and beds and have innumerable spurs, hills, ridges, peaks and

plateaux. In the plains and valleys, the lava flows occurred below a thin blanket of soil which

varies in thickness from place to place. Petro logically the lava flows in the district are in




horizontal way with incredible uniformity in their composition, appearance and texture

corresponding to basalt with an average specific gravity of 2.9. The basalt is a predominant rock

formation of the district. The basalts are usually dark grey to grey in color and are hard compact

and tough and fine to medium grained structure. Deccan Trap rock which is completely

impervious to percolation, these causing an accuse shortage of water in summer. Beds of laterite

can be said to be, usually formed by mechanical and chemical disintegration brought by

atmospheric agencies on the underlying trap, cap of several picks and lofty ridges in the district.

The types of rocks present in the Raigad region can be highlighted as under:

Deccan Trap Basalt

Ground water in Deccan Trap Basalt occurs mostly in the upper weathered and fractured parts

down to 10 – 15 m bgl under unconfined condition. The water bearing strata at deeper depth

exists under semi confined to confined conditions. The dugwells in these areas show rapid

decline in water level during post-monsoon period and practically go dry in peak summer. In foot

hill zones the water table is relatively shallower near water course. The yield of dugwells tapping

upper phreatic aquifer ranges between 45 to 60 m3/day, whereas that of borewells varies from

0.50 to > 20 m3/hr. depending upon the loc

Beach Sand/Alluvium

The Alluvial deposits are found along the coastal areas in few isolated patches having limited

areal extent as Beach Sand and along the course of major rivers. In the alluvial deposits, primary

porosity is due to the inter-granular pore spaces making sands and gravels good water bearing

formations. The ground water occurs under phreatic/unconfined aquifer at relatively shallow

depths of 3-5 m and their yield ranges from about 18 to 43 m3/hr.




Fig 3.15 Geological Map of Raigad District, Maharashtra State Source: Ground Water

Information Raigarh District Maharashtra, Central Ground Water Board, 2013




3.7.2. Hydrogeology of Raigad District

The district is drained by short westwards flowing parallel streams, which originate in the

Sahyadri Mountains in the east and flow into the Arabian Sea. Ulhas, Patalganga, Amba,

Kundlika, Savitri, Kal, Gandhari and Ghod are the major rivers in the district. The district has

experienced hot and humid climate.

Central Ground Water Board periodically monitors 28 National Hydrograph Network Stations

(NHNS) in Raigarh district, four times a year i.e. January, May, August and November

Depth to Water Level (May – 2011)

The depth to water levels in major parts of the district during May 2011 ranges between 0.95 m

bgl (Jite) and 7.70 m bgl (Chinchwad). Depth to water levels during pre-monsoon (May 2007)

has been depicted in. The water level in major part of the district ranges from 2-5 mbgl. The

water level ranging from 5 to 10 mbgl are observed in northern and in southern part of the

district i.e around Poladpur, Chandore and Temple also as scattered patches across the district.

Shallow water levels of less than 2 mbgl are also found across the district as isolated patches.




3.8. Traffic Study

Dhatav MIDC is surrounded by many well known industries, commercial & residential

buildings. The road adjacent to the project site is MIDC road having width of 9 meter connects to

the village road. This MIDC road is being utilized by industries for transports of raw material &

products. The major traffic on this road is heavy vehicles like truck, mini trucks and

transportation vehicles like ST buses.

The present section discusses the results of assessment of the local transportation and

connectivity to the project site. The study attempts to estimate the prevailing traffic scenario by

assessing the adequacy of the existing infrastructure related to increased load of transportation

related facilities in the surrounding areas of the proposed project site.

3.8.1. Objective

The objective of the study is to assess & study the present traffic pattern on the main access

roads to the project site in order to estimate the traffic flow pattern on completion of the

proposed project.

3.8.2. Methodology

Generally traffic surveillance study involves one or other survey technique either by manual

observation or automatic method by using instruments. The traffic survey methodology adopted

for current study is Classified Traffic Volume Count Survey. The sampling locations for the

study are depicted in Fig. 3.16 and provided in Table 3.22.




3.8.3. Method of Counting

The counting of vehicles was achieved by following one method:

1) Manual Method

The survey by this method mainly involves visual counts by the survey team.

3.8.4. Equipments used

1) Garmin GPS

Garmin etrex 10 GPS was used to locate the pre decided observation points.

2) Measuring Tape

A measuring tape was used to measure the road breadth.

3.8.5. Data Collection

The transport roads for the proposed project have been identified; transportation of material

carrying vehicles will mainly take place through Kolad-Roha road. Further access up to project

site is achieved by internal connecting MIDC Road (MIDC Main Road)/. The important traffic

junctions identified on the above road are:

i) Junction joining the Kolad-Roha Road and MIDC

ii) Junction joining the Kolad-Roha Road and national highway No. 66

iii) At Sudarshan Company Bust Stop, MIDC

iv) Near Roha town




Figure 3.16: Traffic Observation Locations




Table 3.22 Traffic study observation locations

Sr.

No.

Observation

Point Code Observation Point Details

Aerial Distance from

project site (km)

1 TS1 Junction joining the Kolad-Roha Road and MIDC 0

2 TS2 Junction joining the Kolad-Roha Road and national highway No.

66 6.9

3 TS 3 At Sudarshan Company Bust Stop, MIDC 1.2

4 TS 4 Near Roha town 2.9

3.8.6. Categorization of Traffic

To establish effective vehicle count during the survey the traffic was categorized into Heavy

Vehicles (Multi Axle Vehicles), Truck, Tempo, Bus, Car, Auto (Three Wheelers), Motorcycle

(Bike) & Cycle. The results of vehicle count are converted into Passenger Car Units (PCU’s) as

per the equivalent PCUs prescribed by Indian Road Congress (IRC) guidelines (Table 3.23). The

equivalency factor for various types of vehicles is as given in the below table.

Table 3.23 Recommended PCU factors for various types of vehicles on urban roads

Type of Vehicle Equivalent PCU’s

5% 10% & above

Two Wheelers, Motor Cycle or Scooter etc. 0.5 0.75

Passenger Car, Pick-up Van 1.0 1.0

Auto-Rickshaw 1.2 2.0

Light Commercial Vehicle 1.4 2.0

Truck or Bus 2.2 3.7

Agricultural Tractor Trailer 4.0 5.0

Cycle 0.4 0.5

Cycle Rickshaw 1.5 2.0

Tonga (Horse drawn vehicle) 1.5 2.0

Hand Cart 2.0 3.0

Source IRC: 106-1990




9%

15%5%

7%

10%11%

30%

13%

Heavy Truck Truck Tempo

Bus Auto Car

Motorcycle Cycle

Fig. 3.17 Percentage of vehicle count at (TS1) during

morning peak hours (8 AM to 9 AM)

Fig. 3.18 Percentage of vehicle count at (TS1) during

evening peak hours (9 AM to 10 AM)

4%

10%4%

4%

7%

18%

41%

12%


Bus Auto Car

Motorcycle Cycle

3.8.7. Observation & Assessment

The traffic flow pattern observed at traffic observation point - TS1 during morning & evening

peak hours is as shown in the following figures Fig. (3.18 to 3.21). The results obtained thereby

are summarized in Table 3.26

3.8.7.1. Observation at (TS1): Junction joining the Kolad-Roha Road and MIDC during

morning peak hours

The percentages of vehicles at TS1 in evening peak hours are depicted in Fig. 3.19 and 3.20.




The percentages of vehicles at TS2 in morning and evening peak hours are depicted in Fig. 3.21

and 3.22, and Fig. 3.23 and Fig. 3.24, respectively.

8%12%

5%

11%

9%31%

20%

4%

Heavy Truck Truck TempoBus Auto Car Motorcycle Cycle

10%

13%6%

8%

9%29%

20%

5%


Figure 3.19: Percentage of vehicle count at (TS1) during

evening peak hours (4 PM to 5 PM)






Heavy Truck11%

Truck18%

Tempo2%

Bus6%

Auto 11%

Car 33%

Motorcycle

15%

Cycle 4%

Heavy Truck10%

Truck17%

Tempo1%

Bus6%

Auto 13%

Car 38%

Motorcycle

12%

Cycle 3%





10%

20%

3%6%

13%

33%

12%

3%


10%

17%

4%

6%

14%

34%

11%

4%


Figure 3.23: Percentage of vehicle count at (TS2)

during evening peak hours (4 PM to 5 PM)

Figure 3.24: Percentage of vehicle count at (TS2)

during evening peak hours (5 PM to 6 PM)




11%

15%

6%7%

8%33%

15%5%

T S 3 8 a.m. to 9 a.m.


9%

14% 3%

9%

8%34%

20%

3%

9 a.m. to 10 a.m.


Bus Auto Car

8%12%

5%

11%

9%31%

19%

5%

4 p.m. to 5 p.m.


9%

13%

6%

9%

9%29%

20%

5%

5 p.m. to 6 p.m.


Bus Auto Car

Figure 3.25: Percentage of vehicle count at (TS3) during morning

peak hours (8 AM to 9 AM)



Figure 3.27: Percentage of vehicle count at (TS3) during evening

peak hours (4 PM to 5 PM)






0% 3% 1%

10%

30%

12%

36%

8%

T S 4 8 a.m. to 9 a.m.


Bus Auto Car

Motorcycle Cycle

1% 1%0%

11%

33%

14%

37%

3%

9 a.m. to 10 a.m.




1%

2%0%

10%

30%

16%

33%

8%

4 p.m. to 5 p.m.


Bus Auto Car

Motorcycle Cycle

1%1%1%

8%

32%

13%

35%

9%

5 p.m. to 6 p.m.


Bus Auto Car

Motorcycle Cycle




morning peak hours (9AM to 10 AM)






The Summary of Traffic Details in terms of PCUs for the traffic locations is presented in the

Table 3.24.

Table 3.24 Summary of traffic in terms of PCUs observed at observation point (TS1 to TS 4)

- during (08: 00 to 10: 00 AM) & (04: 00 to 06:00 PM)

Time T S 1 T S 2 T S 3 T S 4

Morning Peak Hours

8 A.m. to 9 A.m. 90.3 718.9 769.25 627.75

9 A.m. to 10 A.m. 147.9 645.5 612.15 670.6

Average PCUs Per Hour 119.1 682.2 690.7 649.175

Evening Peak hours

4 P.m. to 5 P.m. 103.45 529.2 443.4 542.65

5 P.m. to 6 P.m. 173.85 654.9 613.4 644.55

Average PCUs Per Hour 138.65 592.05 528.4 593.6

Interpretation

It can be observed that the TS 3. The reason behind this can be said to be that the location TS 3

lies in the centre of Location TS 2 and TS 4. Thus it experiences vehicular traffic from both the

directions. The lowest traffic in terms of PCUS is observed near TS1 which is situated inside the

MIDC premises near to the proposed project site. Minimum traffic density is also observed near

TS1 during evening as well as morning peak hours.

3.8.7.2. Increased traffic scenario due to proposed project

The proposed project intends to engage trucks/tempos for the purpose of transportation of raw

materials as well as finished goods. Along with this the vehicles from the employees hired are




also expected to increase. It is estimated that the proposed activity will lead to increase addition

of 3 trucks/tempos per week to the project site.

The transportation activity will mainly take place by Kolad-Roha from which further access to

MIDC will be achieved. It should be noted that the same route will be utilized for exit as there no

separate road available. As an initiative for efficient traffic management the project proponent

will ensure that transportation activity will be carried out mainly after 10 AM in order to avoid

peak hour traffic. However to assess the increased traffic scenario due to the proposed project

the increased fleet vehicles has been considered. It is estimated that due to the proposed project

the increase in traffic would be 35 PCUs (Table 3.25).

Table 3.25 PCUs at All sampling locations

Time T S 1 T S 2 T S 3 T S 4

Morning Peak Hours

8 A.m. to 9 A.m. 98 725 773 634

9 A.m. to 10 A.m. 151 650 615 673

Average PCUs Per

Hour 124 688 694 653

Evening Peak hours

4 P.m. to 5 P.m. 106 537 453 548

5 P.m. to 6 P.m. 176 657 617 647

Average PCUs Per

Hour 141 597 535 597




Increased traffic scenario

The increased Traffic scenario is explained by segregating temporally and presented in Table

3.26.

Table 3.26 Summary of increased traffic in terms of PCUs due to proposed project -

Location Time Present Proposed

Estimated

Increase

TS 1 Morning 119 124 5

Evening 139 141 3


Evening 592 597 5


Evening 528 535 7


Evening 594 597 4




3.9.Land use Pattern

The prevailing Land Use & Land Cover (LULC) pattern in the 10 km radial study area are

assessed based on remote sensing technique using satellite imagery.

The interpretation of satellite image was done in succession stages as described below:

i) Visual Interpretation:

The land use/ land cover classes were established by processing the satellite imagery by using

image processing software to obtain various land use land cover classless & analyzing the

resultant output based on image characteristics/elements such as Color, Tone, Texture, Pattern,

Size, Shape, Association etc.

ii) Ground Truth Survey

Ground truth verification of the doubtful elements/classes encountered during the visual analysis

& interpretations were confirmed by deploying ground truth survey & the findings of the same

were incorporated during finalizing the LULC map of the study area. The LULC map of the

study area is shown in the following figure.




3.9.1 Prevailing LULC in the study area

The Land Use and Land cover of the study area is presented in Fig. 3.33

Fig No 3.33: Land Use Land Cover Map of the Study Area

Observation & Assessment of LULC

Based on the image analysis land use/ land cover classes in the study area can be categorized as

presented in Table 3.31. The area is distributed in as per Land use classification and is provided

in Fig. 3.33 whereas the Land cover classification is depicted in Fig. 3.28.




Table 3.27 Categorization of land use & land cover pattern of the study area

Sr.

No.

Land Use Classes Area in

Sq.km.

Level - I

Classification

Level - II Classification

1 Built up Habitation/Settlement, Developmental Setups

(Roads, Commercial setups, Educational Institutes,

Offices etc.)

7.31430842

Industrial Area 4.046647825

2 Agricultural Land Crop land 70.80567127

Fallow land 7.462591874

Orchard 6.439512878

3 Mining Laterite quarries 0.668105508

4 Artificial Water

Reservoirs

Surface Water Tank Reservoir/Dam/Tank 0.339027977

Land Cover Classes

1 Scrub land Open areas with scrub vegetation 24.327039893

2 Vegetation Reserve Forest 185.67414863

3 River Kundalika River & its tributaries 7.078029469

Total 314.1550837

3.9.3 Percentage wise LULC assessment of the study area

The percentage wise land use & land cover pattern of the study areas is represented in the figures

3.34 & 3.35 respectively.




Fig No 3.34: Percentage wise Land Use classification of the study area

Fig No 3.35: Percentage wise Land Cover classification of the study area




Interpretation

Land Use

The study area prevailed 5 types of land use classes of which Agriculture was the dominant land

use type with 87% whereas, the remaining land uses classes accounted for the remaining 13%

such as Built Up (Habitation/Settlement, Developmental Setups [Roads, Commercial setups,

Educational Institutes, Offices etc.]) contributing to 8%, Industrial Area by 4% and Mining &

Artificial Water Reservoir accounting to meager 1%.

Land Cover

The study area had 3 types of land cover classes of which Vegetation (Reserve Forest) was the

most dominant with 86% and Scrubland & River covering 11% & 3% respectively.

3.9.2 Drainage Pattern of the Study Area

The drainage pattern of the study area has been determined by using remote sensing technique.

Satellite imagery has been processed by using software to obtain drainage pattern map of the

study area.

3.9.3 Observation & assessment of drainage pattern in study area

The study area is largely an undulating terrain characterized by hills & hillocks which are

extensions to the foothills of the Sahyadri ranges on the western slope. The surface drainage in

the study area is largely represented by the westerly meandering Kundalika River & its

tributaries. Also the study area is marked by presence of few small artificial surface water bodies

near Usar Village. The prevailing drainage pattern in the study area is of dendritic type as

depicted in the following drainage pattern map.




Fig No 3.36: Map depicting Drainage Pattern of the study area




3.10 Prevailing Ecology of the Study Area

Ecology in essence is the study of interaction of living and non-living components, interaction of

community and the environment and exchange of material (energy and nutrient) between living

and non-living parts.

The ecological study has been conducted to establish the prevailing baseline ecological data in

terms of terrestrial biodiversity status in the study area & to identify and assess the probable

impacts associated with the proposed project on the prevailing ecology & to advocate suitable

mitigation measures for the same.

3.10.1 Study Area

The study area was 10 km radial distance from the project site considering inner 5 km radial

distance as core area & outer 10 km radial distance as the buffer study area as depicted in the

following figure.




Figure 3.37: 10 km radial study area (Google Earth Imagery)




Scope of the study

To assess the implications of the proposed project on the surrounding ecology within study area

following attributes were considered & executed:

To identify & assess habitat loss if any due to the proposed project.

Negative impacts if any on the existing ecologically sensitive areas/potential habitats in

the study area due to the proposed project.

3.10.2 Primary Baseline Data

General features of the prevailing Terrestrial Ecosystem in study area

The 10 km radial study area viz. Dhatav MIDC & surrounding area comes under the jurisdiction

of Roha Municipal Council. The study area visited was a region characterized by hills & hillocks

which are mainly extensions to the foothills of Shayadri ranges along the western slope. As

observed during the reconnaissance survey major part of the inner 5 km study area was an

undulating terrain wherein the Dhatav MIDC area situated on a strip of flat land along the

southern bank of the Kundalika River, along with hosting the industrial cluster the inner 5 km

study area was subjected other developmental activities by virtue of Roha City & several other

villages. The inner 5 km study area had tremendous presence of small agricultural lands. The

prominent vegetation existed along the east-west running Pallekhurdh to Bhuwaneshwar hillocks

& along the hillock located north of Udadavane Village which are patches of Reserve Forest.

The major part of the outer 5 km radial study area was also a hilly tract with uniform cover of

vegetation along the northerly & southerly located hills as Reserve Forest. The observed

vegetation in the study area was of Southern Tropical Dry Deciduous forest type as found across

the entire range in the Raigad District.




General features of the prevailing Aquatic Ecosystem in study area

The aquatic system in the study area is largely represented by the westerly meandering

Kundalika River which moreover flows through the central part of the study area from Dolwahal

village located in east up to Zolambe village in west is a tidal river draining into Arabain Sea at

Revdanda & prevails estuarine environment up to Roha. Dense mangroves extend from the

mouth of the estuary to 24 km inland and also within the study area. The Kundalika River is also

marked by presence unevenly distributed islands & tidal flats along the tidal stretch of the river.

Apart from the said river only few artificial surface water bodies are present near Usar village in

the study area.

Note: Since any of the project related activities during commissioning & operation phase will not

be associated with the prevailing surface water bodies in the study area in terms of withdrawal or

disposal/discharge hence no impact is envisaged on the water bodies so the studies pertaining to

aquatic ecology such as Plankton, Chlorophyll, Benthos, Fisheries etc. have been kept out the

purview of this study.

3.10.3 Project Site specific Floral Assessment

The proposed project is a new project for manufacturing of Perfumery Reagents for which

Project Proponent has procured plot no. 2/12, Dhatav MIDC, Roha, Dist – Raigad, Maharashtra

with the existing infrastructure. The vegetation prevailing on the plot was mainly by the virtue of

green belt development comprising of various growth from such as Trees, Shrubs & Herbs.

The existing green belt is mainly along the southern & eastern boundary of the project plot &

near main gate. A total of 261 plants mostly native evergreen trees with intermittent flowering &

foliageous ornamental plants have been planted. Also the ground vegetation viz. gregarious




herbs, grasses & ephemerals were seen growing in open places of the project plot. The details of

existing green belt are given in Table 1 of Annexure 3.1.

3.10.4 Floral diversity & status in the study area

As discussed earlier, the study area had vast patches of Reserve Forest all along the hills &

hillocks along the north & east to west in the 10 km radial study area. The field visits resulted in

recoding 70 floral species which comprised of 47 trees, 6 shrubs, 11 herbs & 6 climbers. The

floral species recorded during the study are commonest for the region in consideration & have

wide range of presence & abundance in the entire Raigad District.

The comprehensive floral & faunal inventory is attached as Annexure 3.1

3.10.5 Status evaluation

Since the proposed project plot has been purchased with the existing infrastructures such as

manufacturing building, storage area, solvent tank farm yard, electric transformer yard, security

cabin etc. the only proposed ground coverage activity will be development of parking zone in an

area of 1885.00 sq. m. Now the area demarcated for this said parking zone is devoid of any tree

however the ground preparation/clearing activities will lead to loss of ground dwelling

herbaceous flora. In order to assess the conservation related aspects of such the flora, the status

evaluation has been done as per the International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural

Resources (IUCN) assessment.

The details of assessment are described in Chapter 4 (Anticipated Environmental Impacts and

Mitigation Measures).

3.10.6 Faunal diversity & status in the study area




The field visits in and around the vegetated hillocks along the Palekhurdh to Bhuwaneshwar

villages near to the MIDC industrial area resulted in recording 26 avifaunal species comprising

of aquatic & terrestrial habitat dwelling belonging to 19 families & 24 genera. The recorded bird

species are resident & commonest for the region in consideration. Other observed fauna was

Indian Palm Squirrel, Stray dog, Brahminy skink & 5 butterfly species.

However interactions with the locals also revealed presence of mammal’s viz. Indian boar,

Indian crested porcupine, Spotted deer, Barking deer and Black naped hare and reptiles viz. Rat

snake, Vine snake, Russels viper and Indian spectacled in and around the above said hillocks.

3.10.7 Status Evaluation

Off the recorded 26 bird species the IUNC assessment for 25 species is as Least Concern ver 3.1,

1 species as Not Yet Assessed. As per the Wildlife Protection Act (WPA,1972) 14 species were

listed as Schedule-IV & 1 species as Schedule-V and of the other observed fauna viz. 2

mammals, 1 reptile & 5 butterflies note are listed as Schedule-I as per WPA, 1972 & also does

not belongs to any categories of concern as pr IUCN.

3.10.8 Secondary Data

There was tremendous paucity of published literature for the study area & surrounding region.

The only source of secondary data was interactions with the locals. Hence interactions were held

with locals to know the presence/activity of any other fauna all year around.

Reference I - Interactions held with the locals during EB Study

On the basis of description provided by them; presence of some mammals & reptiles in the study

can be concluded as depicted in Table 6 of Annexure 3.1.

The detailed floral & faunal inventory is attached as Annexure 3.1.

3.10.9 Applicability of forest & wild life related clearances




The proposed project is located in notified Dhatav MIDC industrial area & does not involve any

use of forest land also within 10 km radial distance of the project site Protected Areas are not

located hence forestry related clearances are not applicable. Also during the present study

presence of any species of conservation concern was not observed in the study area hence

conservation related aspects not are applicable.

3.11 Socio Economy

3.11.1 Part A- Introduction

Social Impact Assessment (SIA) is an integral part of project planning and policy evaluation and

part of environmental impact assessment (EIA) due the importance that social considerations

must be included in the decision process.

Purpose of the present study:

To conduct Social Impact Assessment (SIA) Study of Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. in Dhatav

Area.

3.11.1.1 Aim of the study:

This study aims to unearth impacts that Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. has on socio-economic

spheres of environment.

3.11.1.2 Objectives of the Study:

1. To determine the socio-economic and demographic profile of the areas included in the

study area.

2. To determine the people’s satisfaction towards accessibility of public resources within

the study area.

3. To study the impact of Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. activities within the study area.

4. To investigate the people’s attitude towards Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. within the

study area.

5. To prepare the suggestions and positive plan for mitigation




3.11.2 Part B- Method:

The study will focus on how the socio-economic environment has been impacted by the

Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. industry activities when they were functioning and at present.

Sample constituted of 50 participants those working as proponent’s managers, supervisors,

technicians, drivers, laborers, officials from the Panchayat office and people in the vicinity.

A cross-sectional survey research design was adopted for the socio-economic impact

assessment study.

By assuring confidentiality a verbal consent with the respondents were sorted for general

interaction. During general interaction the main focus was to collect information based on the

assessment tool developed for data collection.

3.11.3 Part 3 Results and Discussion

The objective was achieved analyzing the data collected through the assessment tool

mentioned in method section above. To avoid repetition and to maintain simplicity the findings

of the actual survey are presented in tabular form.

Table No. 3.28: Descriptive Statistics indicating mean and standard deviation (N=50)

Variables Minimum Maximum Mean Std.

Deviation

Age 21 66 37 7

Accessibility &

satisfaction 10 24 13 5

Impact 15 36 23 4

Attitude towards

Ambernath Organics 18 35 25 2

Correlation analysis & interpretation:

The data collected by the assessment tool had three variables namely; accessibility of public

resources and its satisfaction, impact of industrial activity of Ambernath Organics and attitude




towards Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. The data of 50 participants was put for correlation

analysis. The data was found to be normally distributed hence; the data fulfils the assumptions of

parametric statistics. Based on this information Pearson product-moment correlation was

conducted.

It is found that accessibility of public resources and its satisfaction is significantly

correlated in positive direction with impact of Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. industry activity (r

= .74; p = .01). This indicates that accessibility of public resources will lead to low impact of

industry activities and vice versa. Accessibility of public resources and its satisfaction is also

found to be significantly correlated with attitude towards Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. industry

activity (r = -.63; p = .05) but in negative direction. This indicates that accessibility due to

accessibility of public resources there is positive inclination for Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd.

industry activity in the study area. Further, it is also found that impact of industrial activity is

significantly correlated with attitude towards industrial activity (r = -.46; p = .01). This indicates

that due to low impact there is positive attitude towards among the participants in the study area

(Table 3.29).

Table 3.29: indicating Pearson’s correlation among variables (N=50)1

Accessibility &

satisfaction Impact

Attitude towards

Ambernath Organics

Pvt. Ltd.

Accessibility & Satisfaction 1 - -

Impact .74** 1 -

Attitude towards Ambernath

Organics Pvt. Ltd. -.63* -.46 1

** Correlation is significant at the 0.01 level.

* Correlation is significant at the 0.05 level.

Conclusion:




This finding indicate that the sample is somewhere satisfied with the accessibility of public

recourses and the activity of the industry Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. will not hamper or

impact in any way to them. Hence, the attitude towards industrial activity is also found to be

favorable.

7.9.4 Part 4. Mitigations and Environmental Management Plan (EMP)

The third and the last objective are driven by the findings of the first and second

objective. The objective is to prepare the suggestions and positive plan for mitigation of the

Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. Based on the findings it is indicated that there is no major

considerable impact on the socio-economic environment. The individual profiles of the

participants in the study do indicate some variations. However, the overall impression is

indicative of positive picture as far as socio-economic impact is considered. Still it is expected

that the industry owner/s should engage in social welfare, appropriate industrial activities and

precautionary measures to avoid any kind of impact on the socio-cultural and economic milieu.

Suggestions and positive plan for mitigation for the Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd.

industry

It is suggested that the industry meticulously follow the guidelines by the various pollution

control boards as applicable.

The industry shall work to minimize their impact on Air, Water, Noise and Soil environment as

much as possible by implementing suitable pollution prevention technologies and other methods.

Over and above, any issues generated in the community due to Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd.

industry activity needs to be actively attended and intervened by the proponent. It is also

expected that the regulatory agencies in these regard should keep vigilance and monitoring to

keep a check on the industrial activity.




References:

1. Economic Survey of Maharashtra 2012-13, Directorate of Economics and Statistics,

Planning Department 52st issue, Government of Maharashtra

2. District Social and Economic Survey of Raigad District, 2015, Government of

Maharashtra




Appendix- A

Tool for assessment of socio-economic impact of Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd.

Method for conducting the administration of the interview schedule:

The following tool can be administered in group or individual setting. If the informant is

literate he can self-administer the tool. However, it is advisable that the items should be read

and explained with all possible clarifications to the informant so that the response can be beyond

the given scale (key). Hence, the information generated can also be treated as an interview.

Instructions to be followed or explained during conduction:

You may be associated with the stone mine as an owner, employee, worker or a person in

close proximity of the mine. Below are some statements and questions which intend to explore

your opinion about the stone mine/s in your locality. A key is provided to you have to writing a

number for your opinion according to the key below.

Key

5= strongly satisfied

4= satisfied

3= moderately satisfied

2= dissatisfied

1= strongly dissatisfied

Section I. Accessibility of public resources & its satisfaction

Sr no. Items Response

1 Are you satisfied with the educational facilities in your locality?

2 Are you satisfied with the health facilities in your locality?

3 Are you satisfied with the water facilities in your locality?

4 Are you satisfied with the transport facilities in your locality?

5 Are you satisfied with the local government functioning & support in your

locality?




Section II. Impact of Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. India Pvt. Ltd industry activities

Key

5= strongly agree

4= agree

3= moderately agree

2= disagree

1= strongly disagree

Sr no. Items Response

1 Do you think dust due to Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. industry is

impacting your locality?

2 Do you think noise due to Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. industry is

impacting in any manner you could make out?

3 Do you think due to Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. industry

transport/traffic has any impact?

4 Do you think due to Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. industry physical

health will be impacted?

5 Do you think due to Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. industry mental

health will be impacted?

6 Do you think community environment due to Ambernath Organics Pvt.

Ltd. industry is negatively impacting?

7 Do you think sources of livelihood due to Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd.

industry will be impacted?

8 Do you think Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. industry is negatively

impacting development of your locality?

9 Do you think Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. industry is impacting

farming/agriculture of your locality?




Section III. Attitude towards Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd.

Instructions: You may be associated with the stone mine as an owner, employee, worker or a

person in close proximity of the mine. Below are some statements and questions which intend

to explore your opinion about the stone mine/s in your locality. A key is provided to you from

strongly agree to strongly disagree with the statements and questions; you have to writing a

number for your opinion according to the key below.

Key

1= strongly agree

2= agree

3= moderately agree

4= disagree

5= strongly disagree

Sr.

no

Statements and questions (items) Response

1 Are you aware of the Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. industry in your locality?

2 Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. industry is a necessary activity for

development.

3 Do you believe that in general Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. industry always

have a negative impact on the environment?

4* Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. industry have a negative impact on children.

10 Do you think Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. industry is impacting

trees/plants/forest of your locality?

11 Do you think Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. industry is impacting air

quality of your locality?

12 Do you think Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. industry is impacting water

consumption of your locality?

13 Do you think Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. industry like boiler, etc

impacts the locality?




5* Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. industry have a negative impact on women.

6* Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. industry have a negative impact on elderly

population.

7 Utilization of the natural resources should be balanced according to

development requirements or vice-versa.

8 Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. industry must be restricted to certain period in

the year.

9 Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. industry must be restricted to certain time in

the day.

10 Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. industry generate employment to the local

population.

11* The owners are coercive and problematic.

12 Do you think that the Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. industry owners must be

following rules and regulations?

13* Migrated laborers are a problem to the locality.

14 Do you believe that in general there are some socio-economic benefits from

Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. industry

Scoring system and interpretation:

Sum all the responses given by the informant to obtain a single raw score for each section

i.e. one and two independently. For third section first reverse score the seven items indicated by

an astrik (*) then sum all scores. Higher the score on satisfaction for public resources indicate

satisfaction, high score on impact of Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. industry indicate low impact

and high score on attitude towards Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. indicate negative attitude

respectively. Compute mean and standard deviation, if required compute other statistical

procedures. Further, individual cases and group data may be interpreted on the basis of these

computations.

Table for calculation:

section Area Score of item Total Mean SD

I Accessibility of public

resources & its satisfaction

1+2+3+4+5

II Impact of Ambernath

Organics Pvt. Ltd. activities

1+2+3+4+5+6+7+8+9+10+11+12+13

III Attitude towards Ambernath

Organics Pvt. Ltd.

1+2+3+4*+5*+6*+7+8+9+10+11*+12+13*+14

(*)=reverse score these items


Chapter 4 – Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures



Classifying the sources, estimating the quantity of pollutant, impact of pollution & mitigating

them is the most important component in the Environmental Impact Assessment process. This

chapter quantifies the environmental impacts of project related activities on various receptors of

environment.

The predictions estimated are superimposed on the baseline value for achieving the resultant

value which signifies the overall impact. It also suggests the various mitigation measures which

can be advocated to minimize the adverse impacts of the project activity.

4.1 Air Environment

4.1.1 Construction Phase:

4.1.1.1 Identification of Source

Company will utilize the existing infrastructure for proposed production activity; only minor

construction activity like construction/up gradation of ETP, internal roads, and installation of

new stacks, FO tank & development of parking area will be done. During these minor

construction activities site clearance, wind erosion, stockpiling & material handling dust

nuisance are the major sources of air pollution. SO2 & NOx will be emitted from the diesel

powered mechanical equipment. However the number of such equipments will be limited. It is

therefore not expected to cause an exceedance to the NAAQ limit.

4.1.1.2 Predicted Impact

Dust emissions generally differ from day to day, depending on the level of activity, the specific

operation and the prevailing meteorological conditions. Therefore for predicting the quantitative

value of TSPM that would be generated due to the construction activity an emission factor from

AP-42 Section 13.2.3.1 (U.S.EPA,1995) has been used. The emission factor is E = 1.2




tons/acre/month of activity. The mentioned value is most applicable to construction operations

with a) medium activity level, b) moderate silt contents and 3) semi-arid climate.

The total built-up area of the unit will 4688.38 sq.m., since the existing building will be utilized

for proposed activity, only upgradation of ETP , paving of internal roads, development of

parking zone & installation of FO tank will be done. The total area under construction would be

around 250 Sq.m. The construction activity will not take place simultaneously on the entire

allotted plot. Also, the construction activity is assumed to be carried out for all 30 days of the

month (24 Hours). Hence, the estimated value will be conservatively high for TSPM for worst

case scenario. The emission would be around 0.075 tons/month of the activity. But the emission

would be reduced to around 90 to 95 % as control measures will be adopted.

There would be around 15 temporary workers appointed for construction activity who may be

affected by the dust pollution. Workers getting exposed to the dust generated due to the

construction activity can suffer from respiratory problems and prolonged exposure to dusty

environment can lead to malfunctioning of lungs.

4.1.1.3 Mitigation Measures

Control measures like temporary wind barrier, proper traffic management during loading and

unloading of the construction materials, regular sprinkling of water on the working site,

Avoiding Cement dust emission, Managing stockpiles (sand, gravel) by using water sprays

(when emptying cement bags into mixer) will be implemented to ensure minimum dust

generation.

4.1.2 Operational phase:

4.1.2.1 Identification of Sources

For operational phase of the proposed project, stack attached to boiler is identified as point

source of emission. Two boilers of 1000 kg/Hr & Three boilers of 800 kg/hr capacity having




furnace oil as fuel will be utilized. Two separate stacks of 32.6 meter & 31 meter height will be

provided for 3 X 800 kg/hr capacity boilers and 2 X 1000 kg/hr capacity boilers respectively.

Gases generated from manufacturing activity i.e. CO2 & Chlorine gas from tonner area will be

subjected to individual alkali scrubber of 1000 CFM capacity. The scrubbed gasses will be

released through scrubber stack of height 11 m which is a nominal source of air emission.

One of the major sources of fugitive emission generation can be due to the handling and storage

activity of the solvents, raw materials from the raw material storage area of the company

premises. Company will provide tanks for methanol storage, while remaining solvents will be

stored in drums at raw material storage area. The sources of VOC emissions from the project

would be from the storage area due to handling & operating the solvent drums, loading

unloading of solvents, tonners etc. The vehicle used for transporting the raw materials & finished

products also contributes to the dust generation & emissions of gases like NOx due to fossil fuel

burning.

4.1.2.2 Prediction of Impacts

For the quantitative impact analysis on the air quality due to the proposed project, air dispersion

modeling is performed. The criteria pollutants like PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx & CO generated from

operation of steam boiler were considered for air modeling. Aermod 8.2 developed by USEPA

and authorized by CPCB is used for air modeling simulation which is based on the steady state

Gaussian plume equation.

4.1.2.2.1 Model Options Used for Computation

The plume rise is estimated by Briggs formulae, but the final rise is always limited to that

of the mixing layer;

Stack tip down-wash is not considered;

Point Source Modeling is considered;




Calms processing routine is used by default;

Wind profile exponents is used by default;

Flat terrain is used for computations;

It is assumed that the pollutants do not undergo any physico-chemical transformation and

that there is no pollutant removal by dry deposition;

Washout by rain is not considered; and

Cartesian co-ordinate system has been used for computations.

Uniform polar receptor grid is used. The grid consists of 180 receptors each assumed to

be at ground level.

4.1.2.2.2 Modeling Procedure

The prediction of the Ground Level Concentrations (GLC’s) due to activity has been computed

by AERMOD version 8.2 as per CPCB guidelines. While performing the model the rural

dispersion and regulatory defaults options were selected as per guidelines on air quality models

(PROBES/70/1997-1998).

4.1.2.2.3 Meteorological Data Processing

The surface synoptic meteorological data of Raigad District for the year 2010-2014 were

obtained from the Indian Meteorological Department, Mumbai. The meteorological observation

station of IMD for Raigad District is located at Alibaug. The quality assurance process was

undertaken as required by the EPA (EPA-454/R-99-005) to identify and fill the missing data for

preparation of hourly surface meteorological data. The surface and profile met data were

prepared for use in AERMOD using the AERMET meteorological data preprocessor of Lakes

Environmental. Processing the surface file indicated more than 90 % data availability. Onsite




meteorological data collected for three months were used to process the AERMET file and not

the upper air meteorological data.

Meteorological inputs required are hourly wind speed and direction, ambient temperature,

pressure, precipitation, cloud cover, stability class and mixing height. The atmospheric inversion

level at Thane for 12 hours from 7:00 hour to 7:00 hour is represented in the below table No 4.1.

The data has been compiled from IMD manual.

Table 4.1: Atmospheric inversion level at Dhatav, Raigad, Maharashtra.

Sr. Time Mixing height, m

1 7:00 40-80

2 8:00 80-125

3 9:00 200-250

4 10:00 450-550

5 11:00 700-820

6 12:00 1000-1100

7 1:00 1200-1350

8 2:00 1400-1950

9 3:00 1350-1500

10 4:00 1260-1350

11 5:00 1100-1200

12 6:00 825-925

13 7:00 600-700

Source: (Hourly Mixing Height &Assimilative capacity of Atmosphere in India) by IMD

4.1.2.2.4 Model Input Data

The emission factor used in the air dispersion modeling for estimating the pollutants from the

boiler operation is calculated using the document (EPA) AP-42 chapter no. 1 External

Combustion Sources, Section 1.3 for Fuel Oil Combustion. The table no. 4.2 represents the input

data required for describing the sources in the model.




Table No. 4.2: Model Input Parameters for Boiler Stack Modeling

Sr. No Parameters Values

1. Boiler 800 kg / hr X 3 Nos

2. Fuel Used Furnace Oil

3 Stack Height (m) 33 m

4. Stack exist velocity of gas (m/s) 4

5. Exit Temp OC 130

6. Stack inside diameter (m) 0.7

7. Gas quantity (m3/hr) 5538

8. Emission Factors (g/s)

Stack : -1 ( 3 Nos X Boiler

capacity : 800kg/ hr)

PM10 : 0.0378 g/s

PM2.5: 0.0275 g/s

SO2: 3.7 g/s

NOx: 0.294 g/s

CO : 0.0267 g/s

Sr. No Parameters Values

1. Boiler 1000 kg/hr X 2 Nos

2. Fuel Used Furnace Oil

3 Stack Height (m) 31 m

4. Stack exist velocity of gas (m/s) 4

5. Exit Temp OC 130

6. Stack inside diameter (m) 0.7

7. Gas quantity (m3/hr) 5538

8. Emission Factors (g/s)

Stack : -2 ( 2 Nos X Boiler

capacity : 1 MT/ hr)

PM10 : 0.0319 g/s

PM2.5: 0.0232 g/s

SO2: 3.189 g/s

NOx: 0.248 g/s

CO : 0.0225 g/s

The total workers in the factory premises will be around 105 Nos. who may be affected due to

the unscientific operation of boilers. Mostly the health effects associated with particulate matter

are respiratory, pulmonary injury, lung cancer etc. Exposure to SO2 and NOx also lead to

respiratory problems. Carbon monoxide decreases the oxygen carrying capacity of blood by




reducing the hemoglobin. CO2 is a green house gas which can lead to the global warming &

Chlorine gas at high concentration is a poisonous gas. Since the company is handling some

highly volatile solvents the VOC emission can have an adverse affect on the workers health if

present in higher concentration. The health effects related to VOC emission are eye, nose and

throat irritation headaches, loss of coordination and nausea, damage to liver, kidney and central

nervous system etc. The air emissions in long course of time may affect the immediate

surrounding vegetation stature physically (leaf senescence, hampered growth etc.) & biologically

thus may affect the overall surrounding ecology.

The incremental values at various monitoring stations were predicted and integrated with the

baseline value for PM10, PM 2.5, SO2, NOx & CO is tabulated in the below table no 4.3. The

output image of the dispersion modeling describing the incremental predictive values for the

selected pollutants is attached as Annexure: 4.1




Table No. 4.3: Interpretation of the Incremental Values

BV: Baseline Value IV: Incremental Value RV: Resultant Value.

All values are in µg/m3 except CO which is expressed as mg/m

3

Sr.

No.

Sampling

Location Code &

Name

PM10 (ug/m3) PM2.5 (ug/m3) SO2 (ug/m3) NOx (ug/m3) CO (ug/m3)

BV IV RV BV IV RV BV IV RV BV IV RV BV IV RV

1 *A1 AOPL

premises 75.2 0.01 75.21 45.4 0.006 45.406 30.8 0.50 31.30 45.2 0.060 45.260 2700 0.006 2700.006

2 A2 Dhatav

Village 60.7 0.01 6071 38.5 0.006 38.506 14.7 0.50 15.20 25.4 0.060 25.460 1500 0.006 1500.006

3 A3 Ladhar

Village 65.8 0.007 65.807 42.0 0.005 42.005 20.2 0.30 20.50 28.2 0.050 28.250 800 0.002 800.002

4 A4

Near

Bhuwanesh

war village

64.5 0.005 64.505 34.8 0.002 34.802 22.9 0.30 23.20 30.7 0.020 30.720 540 0.002 540.002

5 A5 Pingalsai

village 49.7 0.001 49.701 27.4 0.001 27.401 12.4 0.10 12.50 17.8 0.010 17.810 170 0.001 170.001

6 A6 Near

Malsai 45.4 0.003 45.403 20.6 0.002 20.602 11.2 0.10 11.30 16.7 0.020 16.720 120 0.002 120.002

7 A7 Devakanhe 42.1 0.005 42.105 19.8 0.002 19.802 13.2 0.30 13.50 18.9 0.020 18.920 16 0.002 16.002

8 A8 Nivi

Village 38.9 0.001 38.901 17.5 0.001 17.501 12.7 0.10 12.80 19.4 0.010 19.410 9 0.001 9.001

NAAQS Standards 100 (24 hourly) 60 (24 hourly ) 80 (24 hourly ) 80 (24 hourly ) 4000 (1 hourly)




Interpretation

The incremental value of the specific pollutant at the particular monitoring station is added to the

baseline value of that specific pollutant measured during the monitoring period of the project.

The resultant value thus calculated used for predicting the impacts of the proposed project on the

air environment in the study area.

The resultant value for all the locations are well within the prescribed limit of NAAQS, hence

due to the proposed project activity significant adverse impact is not envisaged.

4.2.2.2.5 Impact of transport of raw materials and end products on the surrounding

environment.

In most cases, transport of raw materials, general supplies and final products causes an increase

in traffic around the facility. Nearly 3 trucks per week would be used for transportation of raw

materials and final product. Transportation and environment are paradoxical in nature. As the

transportation conveys substantial socioeconomic benefits, but at the same time transportation is

impacting environmental systems.

Planning Transport development:

The transportation of the raw materials and final product will be done mostly by road followed

by shipping for the materials which are to be exported or imported. Road transportation would be

the most feasible option available for the project proponent as it will be the least expensive in

terms of investment, maintenance and security.

Construction of transport infrastructures:

The project is located in notified Dhatav MIDC area hence the existing transport infrastructures

such as MIDC roads & city roads around the project will be utilized.




Maintenance and operation of transport infrastructures:

Maintenance & operation of the transport infrastructure would be carried out by the MIDC/Local

Administration. Facilities like street lighting, traffic management in the peak hours and

maintenance of the road will be taken care by the MIDC/Local Administration.

Use of transport infrastructures and vehicle maintenance:

The transportation of raw hazardous, flammable and toxic materials (Raw materials & Products)

would be done according to the rule of Central Motor Vehicle Rule, (CMVR) 1989.

Transportation of material carrying vehicles will mainly take place through National Highway

No.66 which is located towards the east side of the company.

4.2.2.3 Mitigation Measures

The prominent pollutants like PM10, PM2.5, SO2 ,NOx & CO will be generated due to the fuel

combustion for operation of Boilers. The mitigation measure that will be adopted is providing an

appropriate stack height for dispersion of pollutants. The stack height calculation is shown

below,

1 ) Boiler (800 kg/hr X 3 Nos.)- Stack No.1

The stack height is calculated by using the formula:

H=14(Q) 0.3

Where,

H= Stack height

Q= Emission rate for SO2 (Kg/hr)

Now,

FO consumption = 3.85 KL/D

= 3850 L/D

= 186.7 kg/hr (Considering 24 Hrs of Boiler Operation)

The Sulphur content of FO is 4.5%




Hence 62.25 kg FO will contain 8.40 kg Sulphur

Now stoichiometric conversion of Sulphur to SO2= 8.40* 2 = 16.8

H= 14*(16.8)0.3

= 32.6 m. (Reference CPCB Guidelines)

2) Boiler (1000 kg/hr X 2 Nos.)- Stack No.2 The stack height is calculated by using the formula:

H=14(Q) 0.3

Where,

H= Stack height

Q= Emission rate for SO2 (Kg/hr)

Now,

FO consumption = 3.25 KL/D

= 3250 L/D

= 157.4 kg/hr (Considering 24 Hrs of Boiler Operation)

The Sulphur content of FO is 4.5%

Hence 157.4 kg FO will contain 7.08 kg Sulphur

Now stoichiometric conversion of Sulphur to SO2= 7.08* 2 = 14.16

H= 14*(14.16)0.3

= 31 m. (Reference CPCB Guidelines)

As per above calculation stack with sufficient height will be provided.

As per the CPCB guideline the stack height estimated for Boilers of 800kg /Hr X 3 Nos & 1000

kg/Hr X 2 Nos is 33 m and 31 m respectively.

Hence the proposed common stacks for boiler is appropriate for dispersion of the pollutants as

per the CPCB guidelines.




For dealing with process emissions i.e. CO2 gas and chlorine traces, 2

Nos of Alkali Scrubbers will be provided. Packed bed scrubbers will

be installed. Two alkali scrubbers are sufficient to mitigate the

emissions due to proposed production activity. Certain measures can

be established to reduce the VOC emission in the plant premises like

carbon adsorption systems, design changes, operation and

maintenance controls as leak prevention etc. Control measures for

dust emission control. The following measures will be adopted for

controlling the fugitive dust emission in the plan premises,

The roads within the premises shall be sprinkled with water at

a regular interval to avoid the dust generation.

To be ensured that all transportation vehicles carry a valid PUC (Pollution under Control)

Certificate.

Proper servicing & maintenance of vehicles is being carried out.

Adequate green belt >33% of total open area as per MPCB shall be developed in the

project plot. Green belt act as surface for settling of dust particle and thus will reduce the

particulate matter in air.

Ambient air quality shall be regularly monitored to ensure the air pollution devices are

working efficiently.

From the above, it can be concluded that after the operation of the project and implementation of

mitigation measures in an appropriate manner, the Ambient Air Quality will not exceed NAAQ

Standards.

Fig 4.1: Scrubber Diagram




4.3 Water Environment

4.3.1 Construction Phase

4.3.1.1 Probable Source

The proposed project is not surrounded by any water body. The activities like restructure of

existing building, ETP, Parking zone and internal road construction involve high amount of

water consumption. The water consumed will be supplied by the MIDC. If required, water

tankers will be provided during construction activities. Beside that water will be consumed by

the workers at a site. Around 15 workers will be deployed for construction work at a time.

According to the NBC (National Building Code of India) 45 lit /d/per person is considered for

water consumption as domestic part i.e., 0.7 CMD.

4.2.1.2 Impact predicted

Runoff from construction area may contain increased loads of suspended solids (SS) and

contaminants. The sewage wastewater is characterized by high level of biochemical oxygen

demand, ammonia & E-coli counts. Therefore exposure of such runoffs to the water bodies will

have a significant negative impact on the water quality. Since the water requirement during

construction phase will be extremely minimal & construction activity being project plot specific

does not involve release/discharge of water outside the plant premises. Hence minimal impact is

envisaged on the prevailing water quality in the study area.

4.2.1.3 Proposed Mitigation

It is important that appropriate measures are implemented to control the runoff & drainage water

from entering the nearby water courses.

Construction runoff and drainage: MIDC drainage line is provided along with building.

Proper site management is essential to minimize the surface water runoff & soil erosion. Good




housekeeping should be practiced like handling & disposing of solid waste i.e. debris & rubbish

to enter from the drainage column.

Sewage effluents generated from the construction workforce: The existing sewer facility

will be utilized by the temporary construction workforce or mobile toilets will get arranged for

workers.

4.2.2 Operational Phase

4.2.2.1 Probable Source

During operational phase of the company maximum waste water generation will be mainly

through domestic activity, manufacturing process, scrubbers and utilities. The water supply

demand of the company will be fulfilled by Dhatav MIDC.

The effluent generation from overall activity of the unit will be segregated into HCOD/HTDS &

LCOD/LTDS effluent. The entire effluent from manufacturing process & scrubber will be

considered as HCOD/HTDS effluent & LCOD/LTDS effluent from domestic and utilities.

Company will provide individual reactors for each product; therefore effluent from reactor

washing is not envisaged. Water balance of proposed project is depicted in below table no 4.4




Table No. 4.4: Water Balance

Components

Proposed

Consumption

(CMD)

Proposed

Losses

(CMD)

Raw Effluent in CMD

(Before treatment)

Reuse of water

with in

operation

Total MEE

condensate(141.3

CMD) Recycle

Quantity of

Treated effluent

(LCOD) Domestic Industrial

Domestic 5 1 4 -- -- -- 3 CMD for

flushing

Process 158.3 0.4 -- 157.9 -- -- --

Boiler 110.4 62.99 -- 5.42 41.99 condensate

recycle

50.04 CMD for

boiler water

makeup

--

Cooling Tower 104.56 80.76 -- 23.8 --

91.26 CMD for

cooling tower

makeup

13.3 CMD for

cooling tower

makeup

Garden 13 13 -- -- -- -- 13 CMD for

Gardening

Total 391.26 CMD 158.15

CMD 4 CMD 187.12 CMD 41.99 CMD 141.3 CMD 29.3 CMD

NET WATER

CONSUMPTION CMD

=391.26-

41.99-

170.6

178.67 CMD




Effluent Streams

During operational phase of the project the total effluent generation would be around 191.12

CMD.

1) HCOD/HTDS stream: All effluent from manufacturing process including scrubber i.e.

157.9 CMD will be treated as LCOD/HTDS effluent in MEE with ATFD after giving

primary treatment to it. The condensate from the MEE units will be directly recycled in

plant, while the salts from the MEE will be sodium salts which will be sold to the brine

manufacturer.

2) LCOD/LTDS streams : 5.42 CMD as Boiler blow down effluent + 23.8 CMD as

Cooling tower blow down effluent + 4 CMD as domestic effluent = 33.22 CMD. The

sum of 33.22 CMD effluent will be subjected to ETP of 35 CMD capacity.

3) 33.22 CMD after 12% ETP treatment losses, 29.3 CMD treated waste water will be

recycled within plant.

Reuse and Recycle of treated waste water – The project will be Zero Liquid Discharge

project.

1) The boiler condensate would be recovered to the extent of 38 % i.e. 41.99 CMD. The

condensate water will be recycled for Boiler Make up water.

2) The condensate from MEE units i.e. 141.3 CMD will entirely utilize as cooling tower and

boiler makeup water. Since the effluent from manufacturing process will contain Sodium

Chloride. The condensate from MEE unit will be fit to recycle in plant as Boiler and

cooling tower water feed.

3) Treated LCOD/ LTDS effluent i.e. 29.3 CMD will be utilized for gardening, domestic

activity and as feed for cooling tower.

4) By recycling all treated effluent company will achieve Zero Liquid Discharge.




5) After the maximum recycle and reuse of treated wastewater the overall water

consumption will reduce to 391.26 – 41.99 – 170.6 = 178.67 CMD. Around 54.3 % water

reductions is observed in dry season.

6) During the wet season 14 KL of fresh water from rain water harvesting tank will be reuse

for Boiler and Cooling tower makeup.

7) During wet season, water consumption for gardening will be NIL. While, by recycling

the condensate from boiler & utilization of harvested rain water & reuse of treated

wastewater the total fresh water requirement from MIDC will further get reduced by

57.9% in the wet season.




Figure No.4.2: Proposed water balance for Dry Season

Water Consumption: 391.26 CMD

Domestic: 5.0 CMD

Evaporation Loss: 1.0 CMD

Effluent: 4.0 CMD

Process: 158.3 CMD

Loss: 0.4 CMD

Effluent 157.9 CMD

4.0 + 5.42 + 23.8 = 33.22 CMD LCOD/TDS to ETP (Primary, Secondary &

Tertiary Treatment) (10-12% loss) i.e. 29.3 CMD

Boiler: 110.4 CMD


Blow down: 5.42 CMD &

Condensate: 41.99 CMD

Condensate Reuse:

41.99 CMD

C.T.:104.56 CMD


Blow Down. : 23.8 CMD.

Garden: 13 CMD Losses: 13 CMD

Reuse: 3 CMD

Domestic + 13.3

CMD Cooling tower

+ 13 CMD

Gardening

157.9 CMD to MEE with ATFD after

Primary Treatment: MEE Condensate –

141.3 CMD (50.04 CMD Boiler feed +

91.26 CMD Cooling tower)

Solid Out:

16.6 MT/D




Figure No.4.3: Proposed water balance for Wet Season

Water Consumption: 364.26 CMD

Domestic: 5.0 CMD


Effluent: 4.0 CMD

Process: 158.3 CMD

Loss: 0.4 CMD

Effluent 157.9 CMD

4.0 + 5.42 + 23.8 = 33.22 CMD LCOD/TDS to ETP (Primary, Secondary &

Tertiary Treatment) (10-12% loss) i.e. 29.3 CMD

Boiler: 110.4 CMD


Blow down: 5.42 CMD &

Condensate: 41.99 CMD

Condensate Reuse:

41.99 CMD

C.T.:104.56 CMD


Blow Down. : 23.8 CMD.

Garden: 0 CMD Losses: 0 CMD

Reuse: 3 CMD

Domestic + 13.3

CMD Cooling tower

+ 13 CMD Boiler

157.9 CMD to MEE with ATFD after

Primary Treatment: MEE Condensate –

141.3 CMD (50.04 CMD Boiler feed +

91.26 CMD Cooling tower)

Solid Out:

16.6 MT/D

RHW: 14 CMD




4.4.2.2 Impact predicted

The wastewater generated from the project activity if discharged to the Common Effluent

Treatment Plant (CETP) without prior in-situ treatment, it can cause the breakdown of the

common effluent treatment plant as it will contain high COD/ TDS concentrations. Also if the

untreated waste water is by passed to the MIDC drains it will results in the contamination or

polluting the water body at final discharge point. The prolonged unscientific discharge of the

untreated waste water would lead to the contamination of the nearby surface water bodies, soil in

the near vicinity, ultimately resulting in polluting the underground water table reserve through

percolation from soil. The release of untreated effluent will ultimately affect the overall ecology

& agricultural productivity in the surrounding area.

Table No. 4.5: Characteristics of the High & Low TDS/COD Wastewater

Sr.

No.

Parameters

(pH, BOD,

COD, heavy

metal, etc)

Inlet effluent

Characteristic

For

HCOD/HTDS

Inlet effluent

Characteristic

For

LCOD/LTDS

Outlet

effluent

Characteristics.

Effluent

discharge

standards

(CPCB

/MPCB)

1 pH 4.5 5.9 7.5 – 8.5 5.5-9.0

2 Chemical

Oxygen Demand 13885 160 Less than 250 250 mg/l

3

Biochemical

Oxygen

Demand, 3 day,

27 °C

4700 45 Less than 30 100 mg/l

4 Total Dissolved

Solids 100000 970 Less than 2100 2100 mg/l

All above values of raw effluent characteristics are calculated theoretically.

The domestic effluent can be treated in the aeration tank of the ETP. This will help to maintain

the microbial culture of the aeration tank and also aid in diluting the effluent. The trend is

followed as per the Guidelines for Water Quality Management by CPCB, 2008.





The effluent loads generated are segregated into two broad streams,

1) HCOD/HTDS effluent from manufacturing process & scrubbers will contain salt

containing water, product wash water. The HCOD/HTDS effluent will contain 10 %

NaCl salts & 1.3% COD concentration. Hence it would be subjected to primary treatment

with Fe Treatment for removal of COD followed by MEE with ATFD for salt removal.

The condensate from MEE will be free from salts and COD causing chemicals, hence it

will directly utilize as boiler feed and cooling tower make up water.

2) LCOD/LTDS streams will contain blowdowns from Cooling tower and Boiler, which

will be subjected to full-fledged ETP comprises of Primary, Aerobic Secondary and

Tertiary treatment facility. The domestic sewage will be added into aeration tank of

secondary treatment facility. Since the company will be ZLD project all treated effluent

will be utilized within plant for domestic activity, gardening and cooling tower water

makeup.

4.4.2.3.1 Flow Chart & Design Specification of the Effluent treatment plant for High &

Low streams of effluent.

Company proposed to give separate treatment to HCOD/HTDS & LCOD/LTDS effluent. The

flow diagram of HCOD/TDS & Low COD/TDS is depicted in fig no.4.4 & 4.5 respectively. The

dimension of same are described in table 4.5 & 4.6.




Table No. 4.6: Dimensions of proposed ETP for treatment of HCOD/TDS effluent –

158 CMD

Sr.

No Unit

Proposed

Quantity MOC Sizes in meter

Total

Capacity

1. Oil and grease trap

cum grit chamber 1 no. RCC 1.3 x 2.0 x 1.3 3.38 CMD

2. Collection Tank 2 nos. RCC 3.5 X 3.5 X3.3 + 0.2m

FB

40.4 CMD

each

3. Flash Mixer -- RCC 1.1 X 1.0 X 0.5 + 0.2 FB 0.55CMD

4. Flocculator -- RCC 1.1 X 1.0 X 0.5 + 0.2 FB 0.55CMD

5. Primary Settler 1 no. RCC 3.2 x 3.1 x 3.0 + 0.2 m

FB + 0.5m hopper 34.20 CMD

6. MEE Feed Tank 1 no. RCC 6.0 X 6.0 X 4.4 + 0.3m

FB 158.4 CMD

7. MEE condensate

tank 1 no. RCC

6.0 X 6.0 X 4.4 + 0.3m

FB 158.4 CMD

Table No. 4.7: Dimensions of proposed ETP for treatment of LCOD/TDS effluent –

35 CMD

Sr.

No Unit

Proposed

Quantity MOC Sizes in meter Capacity

1. Oil and grease trap

cum grit chamber 1 no. RCC 0.7 x 1.3 x 0.7 0.637 CMD

2. Collection Tank 2 nos. RCC 2.0 X 1.9 X 1.9 + 0.5m

FB

7.22 CMD

each

3. Flash Mixer -- RCC 0.4 X 0.5 X 0.5 + 0.2 FB 0.10 CMD

4. Flocculator -- RCC 0.4 X 0.5 X 0.5 + 0.2 FB 0.10 CMD

5. Primary Settler 1 no. RCC 1.7 x 1.6 x 2.0 + 0.2 m

FB + 0.5m hopper 6.12 CMD

6. Aeration Tank 1 no RCC 3.2 x 2.5 x 2.5+ 0.5 FB 20 CMD




7. Tube settler 1 no RCC 1.7 X 1.7 X 1.9 + 0.2FB

+ 0.5Hopper 6.21 CMD

8. Polishing Tank 1 no RCC 1.5 x 1.5 x 1.6+0.2 FB 3.6 CMD

9. Multimedia Pressure

Sand Filter 1 no. MSEP

Ø 300 mm & 1200 mm

Height 1 CM/ hr

9.

Multimedia Granular

Activated Carbon

Filter

1 no. MSEP Ø 300 mm & 1200 mm

Height 1 CM/ hr




Figure No. 4.4: Flow chart of the Effluent Treatment Plant for HCOD/TDS




Figure No. 4.5: Flow chart of the Effluent Treatment Plant for LCOD/TDS




4.2.3 Water quality modeling

The project will be operated as Zero Liquid Discharge project. As it is evident that the

wastewater generated will not be discharged into any river/water channel/surface water body, the

water quality modeling is not mandatory for this project as per the Model TOR prescribed by

MoEF & CC.

4.3 Noise Environment

4.3.1 Construction Phase

4.3.1.1 Probable Sources

The dominant source of noise from the construction equipments is the engine, usually a diesel,

without sufficient muffling. The activities like pile driving or pavement breaking are other

dominant source of noise generated during construction which is not envisaged for the said

project as there will be no major civil or foundation work. Consideration of probable sources, for

the current scenario can be in two modes, stationary and mobile. Stationary equipment operates

in one location for one or more days at a time with either a fixed power operation (pumps,

generators). Mobile equipment moves around the construction site with power applied in cyclic

fashion such as trucks moving to and fro from the site. The time varying noise level which are

converted into a single number for stationary & mobile sources are taken from the EPA report

which are depicted in the below table.

Table No.4.8: Noise Level generation from Construction Equipments

Sr.

No

Equipment Typical Noise Level dB(A)

50ft from Source

1 Truck 88

2 Loader 85

3 Shovel 82

(Source: U.S Environmental Protection Agency, “Noise from Construction Equipment & Operations, Building Equipment and Home Appliance, “NTID300.1, December 31, 1971)




4.3.1.2 Impact Prediction

Construction activities are characterized by variation in power expended by equipment, with

resulting variation in noise levels with time. Variation in the power is expressed in terms of the

usage factor of the equipment, the percentage of time during the workday that the equipment is

operating at full power. Time varying noise levels are converted to a single number for each

piece of equipment during the operation. Besides having daily variation in activities, major

construction project are accomplished in several different phases. Each phase has a specific

equipment mix depending on the work to be accomplished during that phase.

Each phase has its own noise characteristics some have higher continuous noise level than

others; some have high impact noise levels. The purpose of the assessment is to determine the

combined noise level generated from different equipments & its drop in dB (A) level as it

propagates.

Custic 3.2 developed by Canarina Environment software is used for noise pollution modeling

simulation. The noise dispersion is a complex physical phenomenon that involves turbulences &

non linear dynamics of the irreversible processes which is simplified in a simple equation.


Flat terrain is assumed

Point Source emission is computed

Atmospheric sound attenuation is considered

Barrier are not used for computation for worst case scenario

Solid angle of the propagation is contemplated as 2 pi

Temporal average is not considered

Simulation calculation is done at surface height

The isolines are used as output interphase

Classic custic model (Linear sound propagation equation) is used for simulation





The propagation of the noise generated due to proposed expansion has been made by CUSTIC

version 3.2. The step wise method subjected in the user manual is followed for performing the

model.


Table No.4.9: Noise Model Input Data

Sr.No Parameters Values

1 Number of Sources 3 Nos.

2 Number of calculation points in the x-axis X 80 Nos.

3 Solid angle 2 pi

4 Relative Humidity 68.6 %

5 Air Temperature 28.7OC

6 Attenuation coefficient 0.98 dB(A)/100m

4.3.1.2.4 Interpretation

Noise negatively affects human health and well being. Problems related to noise pollution

include stress, sleep loss, distraction and a general reduction in the quality of life. Noise pollution

can also be harmful to animals in the vicinity. High enough level of noise pollution may interface

with the natural cycle of animals.

The noise level gets dissipated as it travels the distance. The drop down in the decibels is

calculated by the modeling software. The drop down in the level of noise as it travels away from

the project site is tabulated in the below table,

Table No.4.10: Noise dispersion data

Sr.No Locations Distance (m) Noise levels in dB

1 Nirlon Factory 236.2 30.37

2 Neelikon food Dyes & 96.51 39.42




Chemicals Ltd.

3 Dhatav Vilage (

Habitation) 409.8 22.77

4 Neelikon food Dyes &

Chemicals Ltd. Unit -II 227.2 31.53

The noise contour plotted by the Custic 3.2 is graphically represented below

Figure No. 4.6: Custic Image showing dispersion of Noise during construction phase




4.3.2 Operational Phase

4.3.2.1 Probable Sources

Any industrial plant in general consists of various sources of noise in clusters or single. These

clusters/single sources may be housed in buildings of different dimensions made of different

materials or installed in open or under sheds. Generally the plant noise sources include Air

Compressors, Feed Pumps, Condensate Pumps, Recycle Pumps, Boiler ID Fans, air blowers,

cooling towers etc.

Table 4.11: Assumed Noise level values for Operational Phase

Location No. Name of Location Noise Level

dB(A)

Location 1 Near Main Gate 63.6

Location 2 Near ETP 66.4

Location 3 Process Area 67.9

Location 4 Boiler 71.2


The purpose of the assessment is to determine the combined noise level generated from different

equipments & its drop in dB (A) level as it propagates.

Custic 3.2 developed by Canarina Environment software is used for noise pollution modeling

simulation. The noise dispersion is a complex physical phenomenon that involves turbulences &

non linear dynamics of the irreversible processes which is simplified in a simple equation.


Flat terrain is assumed

Point Source emission is computed

Atmospheric sound attenuation is considered

Barrier are not used for computation for worst case scenario

Solid angle of the propagation is contemplated as 2 pi




Temporal average is not considered

Simulation calculation is done at surface height

The isolines are used as output interphase

Classic custic model (Linear sound propagation equation) is used for simulation


The propagation of the noise generated due to proposed expansion has been made by CUSTIC

version 3.2. The step wise method subjected in the user manual is followed for performing the

model.


TableNo.4.12: Noise Model Input Data

Sr.No Parameters Values

1 Number of Sources 4 Nos.

2 Number of calculation points in the x-axis X 80 Nos.

3 Solid angle 2 pi

4 Relative Humidity 68.6 %

5 Air Temperature 28.7OC

6 Attenuation coefficient 0.98 dB(A)/100m





In order to predict noise levels due to the plant operations, which will be contributing to the

ambient noise levels, a sound propagating modeling has been carried out. For predicting the

noise levels at various distances with respect to the plant site, noise levels are predicted using a

user friendly model Custic 3.2 the details of which are elaborated above.

The noise modeling is performed considering the assumed values for operational phase of the

project. The modeling parameters & procedure is explained in the above section. Same

methodology is adopted for simulating the model considering 4 nos. of point source.

Effects/Impacts of High Noise Level on Workers during the operational phase

Temporary/Permanent hearing loss

Mental disturbance


Decreasing in workers performance due to psychiatric disorder

Workers developing Tinnitus due to high level of noise exposure on regular basis.

4.4.2.2.1 Interpretation

The noise level gets dissipated as it travels the distance. The drop down in the decibels is

calculated by the modeling software. The drop down in the level of noise as it travels away from

the project site is tabulated in the below table,

TableNo.4.13: Noise dispersion data

Sr.No Locations Distance (m) Noise levels in dB

1 Nirlon Factory 236.2 25.62


Chemicals Ltd. 96.51 34.89

3 Dhatav Vilage (

Habitation) 409.8 18.86





Chemicals Ltd. Unit -II 227.2 28.41

The noise contour plotted by the Custic 3.2 is graphically represented below

Figure No. 4.7: Custic Image showing dispersion of Noise during operational phase

Vibration:

As the project is an new project installation of equipments and machinery (new reactors,

condensers, fans, blowers and compressors) are proposed. The vibration is envisaged due to

above mentioned activities, it could result in damage to infrastructure & health of the worker. To




overcome such impacts, the grouting of these instruments shall be made free from vibration by

providing shock absorbing pads and firmly mounted on the surface. Routine maintenance shall

be practiced.


To reduce the Noise level in the company premises following mitigation will be provided.

Thick green belt or shelter belt will act as a barrier for preventing the noise propagation

out of the factory premises. To curb the noise levels the company is recommended to

develop the green belt area around the four boundaries of the company.

Isolation of the high noise generating equipments.

Workers should work in shifts to avoid the long durations of exposure to high noise level.

Implementation of noise absorbing sheets on the walls of building/facilities hosting high

noise generating equipments/machinery.

Acoustic enclosures to be provided to DG set, Compressor & high noise generating

equipments.\

Anti vibration pads to be installed for high noise & vibration generating machineries.

Enclosure will be provided wherever necessary.

Regular/routine maintenance of various equipments should be carried out.

Regular Oiling and greasing for equipments should be done.

The proposed equipments would be provided with proper enclosure, anti vibration pads,

acoustic enclosure wherever required.




4.4 Details of hazardous and non-hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization

And management

4.4.1 Construction phase

Construction activities create solid wastes that need to be disposed. Such wastes include sand,

concrete, gravel, stone, bricks, plastic, paper, wood, metal and glass. Technology Information,

Forecasting, and Assessment Council (TIFAC), estimated waste generation during construction

operations is 35 kg/m2. During the construction in a buildup area (ETP) of 250 sq.m, 8750 Kg of

waste would be generated for the entire project. The material such as bricks, stone, gravel,

concrete etc. would be utilized in the site for filling of the low lying area as well as for internal

road construction and other recyclable waste such metal, plastic, wood, paper would be given to

the recycler. The solid waste generated by labor as municipal waste will be collected and

segregated and disposed appropriately.

4.4.2 Operational phase

The manufacturing process will contribute in generation of certain by product like methanol and

butanol. These solvents will be separated during process of distillation, which will be sold as by

products to its end users. These byproduct quantity along with the disposal is listed in the below

table.

Table: 4.14: Details of Byproducts

Sr.

No.

Name of the By Product Qty

(MT/A)

Authorized

Vendors

1 Recovered Methanol 673.56

Purva Enterprises 2 Recovered N- Butanol 36.6




Solid non hazardous waste includes paper waste from office and food waste generated from

canteen. It will be recycled through local municipal waste collection system. Other type of solid

hazardous waste includes empty drums, carboys, polymer bags and cardboard cartons used for

raw material storage will be given to the MPCB authorized recyclers.

The hazardous waste generated will be stored and handle as per the Hazardous & Other Wastes

(Management, Handling and Trans-boundary Movement) Rules, 2016.

Details of waste generation and their disposal method are listed in below table,

Table No.4.15: Waste generation and disposal method

Type of Waste Quantity of H.W.

generation Mode of Disposal

ETP Sludge (cat.35.3) 0.5 MT/M CHWTSDF,

Taloja


(cat.5.1) 0.0216 L/M

MPCB Authorized

Vendor

Storage drums/ raw

material sacks

(cat.33.1)

100 drums/Y &

160000 no. sacks/Y

MPCB Authorized

Recycler

MEE Residue (NaCl)



(cat.20.3) 8.75 MT/M

Sold as Second

grade product.

4.4.3 Conclusion

The industry will follow the Hazardous Waste Management practices as per the Hazardous and

other Waste Management Rules, 2016. It will provide a separate area for the storage of

hazardous waste and empty drums with proper segregation and identification. Adequate PPE will

be provided for workers handling and transporting hazardous waste. Regular training will be

provided by the EHS Dept. to increase the awareness among the employee and contractors

regarding generation and management of Hazardous Waste.




4.5 Soil environment

Impacts during operational phase

The possible adverse impacts on soil within and beyond the project plot area during the

operational phase can be as under.

1) Pollution/Contamination of soil if the treated/untreated effluent in any way finds its way to

ground through unforeseen disposal/spillage/leakage is not envisaged for the project in

consideration since, the proposed project is a zero liquid discharge which will reuse the entire

quantum of treated waste water.

2) Accidental spillage of chemicals (raw material/product) & hazardous waste during storage,

handling, gland leakage of pumps, flange leakage in pipelines within the project plot.

3) Accidental spillage of chemicals (raw materials/products) & hazardous waste during

transportation to & fro form the project site.

4) Deposition of particulate matter from stack/chimney in the windward direction from the

project site.

Mitigation measures

The possible impacts listed above can be prevented or minimized by adopting certain mitigative

measures as listed below.

1) All raw materials & products should be stored in dedicated closed warehouses/storage areas

with leak proof flooring & walls. Production area should be covered with “Acid/Alkali” proof

bricks with adequate drainage system connected to ETP.

2) The transportation of chemicals (raw materials/products) & hazardous waste will be mainly

done by trucks/tempos/tankers however the unforeseen events of accidental spillage are not

predictable which makes is difficult to install pre event control measures. However for such




instances the project proponent is robustly advised to develop & deploy Offsite Emergency

Contingency Plan & related Standard Operating Procedures to tackle any such unforeseen event.

3) Hazardous waste should be stored in dedicated hazardous waste storage area made of thick

concrete paved flooring & in any case hazardous waste should not be stored more than 90 days

& to be disposed off to CHWTSDF. Other industrial waste such as plastic waste, packing

material, cleaned empty drums/carboys/containers should be stored in a dedicated waste storage

area & such waste should be returned to supplier/sold to authorized recycler.

4) For proper dispersion of pollutants in atmosphere, stack with appropriate height will be

provided.

Overall it can be said that as the proposed project plot is located well within the precincts of the

Dhatav MIDC Estate, there is no possibility of any adverse impact on the agricultural soils

beyond the MIDC limits but within the limits of the study area.

4.6 Biological environment

Nevertheless the impacts associated with any kind of proposed activity on the environment

cannot be completely nullified however the severity of such impacts can be minimized to a great

extent by advocating suitable mitigation measures.

Though the proposed project is a green field project however the project plot has been purchased

with the existing infrastructures such as manufacturing buildings, storage area, solvent tank farm

yard, electric transformer yard, security cabin etc. located at 2/12, Dhatav MIDC, Roha, Dist. -

Raigad, Maharashtra, India the only proposed ground coverage activity will be development of

parking zone in an area of 1885.00 sq. m. The proposed project will involve minor construction

activities such as realignment/repairing/modifications in the existing infrastructure. Hence no

adverse impacts are envisaged on the surrounding environment during the construction phase.




4.6.1 Operational phase

Impacts during operational phase

Generally the activities which may have adverse impact on the biotic environment during

operational phase may be due to following activities.

1) Deliberate/unforeseen release of treated/untreated effluent, disposal of hazardous waste on the

ground or in the water bodies in the study area.

2) Deposition of particulate matter from stack/chimney in the windward direction of the project

site in the study area.

However for the proposed project following provisions for the effluent, hazardous waste & air

emission management have been made.

1) The proposed project envisages complete reuse of the treated effluent thereby making it a zero

liquid discharge project. Also the hazardous waste generated will be sent to CHWTSDF - Taloja,

Maharashtra.

Hence the only direct possible impacts due the proposed project in long course of time may be

from the following.

1) Air emissions viz. particulate matter from burning of fuel for operation of Boiler if at all it

escapes the MIDC industrial estate.

Mitigation measures

1) In order to minimize the air emissions at the source itself, APCD’s such as stack with

appropriate height, & Alkali Scrubber 2 no. are proposed to be installed.

2) As a precautionary measure industry should ensure that at no point of time during the

operational phase of the project the concentrations of air emissions should not exceed the

prescribed levels.




3) In order to arrest the fugitive emissions within the plant premises & to minimize the noise

intensity propagating out of the factory premises, thick green belt comprising of native species as

mentioned in Table No 10.8 of Chapter 10 are suggested for future green belt development.

Impact assessment

1) The proposed project envisages ground clearing activities in an area of 1885.00 sq . m. for

development of parking zone, now since the area demarcated for proposed parking zone was

devoid of any tree however prevailed ground dwelling herbaceous flora in order to assess the

loss of such flora replicate quadrats of 1x1 m were laid. The field study resulted in recording 18

herb species with a total count of 233 numbers in 4 quadrats off which 3 species viz.

Alternanthera sessilis, Mimosa pudica, Desmostachya bipinnata were assessed as Least

Concern ver 3.1 whereas remaining 14 species were not assessed by IUCN & 1 species being could

not be identified up to species level the assessment could not be assessed.

The ground dwelling herbaceous flora recorded in the above plot is extremely common in

distribution & abundance across the entire range of Raigad District. Moreover this said loss of

ground flora will occur within a plot which is located well within the precincts of notified MIDC

area & prevails industrial type of use in the surrounding hence no adverse impacts are envisaged

due to loss of such vegetation.

Also the proposed project does not involves liquid or solid discharge/disposal on the ground or in

the water bodies within the study area & being located well within the MIDC Estate which is

exclusively meant for industrial developmental activities no adverse impacts are anticipated on

the surrounding biotic environment.

4.8 Land Use & Land Cover

Impact identification

Generally the developmental activities such as construction & development of

Building/Township/Industrial Estate/Special Economic Zones which involve comparatively

larger areas tend to change the prevailing land use & land cover aspects directly.




Also the influx of people associated with such project activities has the potentiality of changing

surrounding land use & land cover aspects by way of new settlements/setups & thus promoting

various other infrastructural activities there by inducing land use/land cover changes indirectly.

Though the project in consideration being a green field project does not involve any land

acquisition since the project plot has been purchased with the existing infrastructures such as

manufacturing buildings, storage area, solvent tank farm yard, electric transformer yard, security

cabin etc. located at 2/12, Dhatav MIDC, Roha, Dist. - Raigad, Maharashtra, India the only

proposed ground coverage activity will be development of parking zone in an area of 1885.00 sq.

m. which will lead to reduction of open area in the proposed project plot except which no

changes in land use & land cover aspects are anticipated.

4.9 Socio economic environment

It is envisaged that the proposed project & activity will help to some improvements in the locale

specific socio-economic aspects in the project affected area. Since the proposed expansion will

be carried out within the existing plant area and hence no impact on external human settlements

is envisaged also project will not have any major impact on the local level population growth,

since only a nominal 105 no. man power is required for the project. Hence increase in the

population and related strain on infrastructure of the study area is not envisaged. Better literacy

rates are possible due to assumed better economic conditions of the people in the project

concerned area. This will be a positive impact due to the proposed capacity.

4.10 Odour

4.10.1 Identification of source

Odour sources can be continuous or intermittent, point sources (for example chimneys, stacks or

building vent/exhaust pipes), area sources (for example stockpiles, ponds or open-topped tanks)

or volume sources (for example, a building with many openings from which odour escapes). The

sources within the site boundary and any nearby sources beyond the boundary they could

contribute to cumulative odour impacts. It is important to include fugitive sources as these often




make an important contribution to the odour impacts. In the operational phase the component

which will contribute to the odour generations are working of waste water treatment plant, raw

materials and chemicals handling in the industry, working emission of the solvents storage tanks

etc. Sources which will lead to the generation of odour are leakage of solvent/chemical from the

storage drums/pipeline/reactors, , domestic waste, handling of raw materials, also handling of

sludge and reaction waste etc.

4.10.2 Impact prediction

Exposure to odors could result in health effects ranging from none, to mild discomfort, to more

serious symptoms. Some chemicals with strong odors may cause eye, nose, throat or lung

irritation. Strong odors may cause some people to feel a burning sensation that leads to coughing,

wheezing or other breathing problems. Workers/People coming in contact who smell strong

odors may get headaches or feel dizzy or nauseous. If an odor lasts a long time or keeps

occurring, it also could affect mood, anxiety and stress level.

4.10.3 Mitigation measures

Mitigation measures that can be implemented for controlling the odour are given below,

Increasing Air Exchange: The exchange of air surrounding an odorous process is large

the emitted odorants will be diluted. But if the odour comes from evaporated material, the

emission may increase. In normal circumstances it is best to reduce the amount of air

which gets in contact with odorous materials. In this way odour control equipment will be

required.

Supervision and maintenance: If equipment is supervised and maintained frequently,

leakages in joints, pump gaskets, boilers etc. can be avoided and odour nuisances be

prevented. Ordinary operational practice should include maintenance of equipment to

prevent uncontrolled escape of odour. Odour emissions are often a result of plant

overloading or chemicals spill. It is therefore essential that processes operate correctly

and chemicals are handled carefully. Odour emitted in connection with tank filling




operations can be minimized by means of floating covers or smell charcoal filters at

ventilation outlets.

Good Housekeeping: Decay Evaporation of odorants from stored decaying material may

often lead to odour emission. Good housekeeping may eliminate the problems.

Provision of Containment: The preventive measures or changed process parameters are

not enough to avoid annoying emissions of odorous compounds from a plant, it must be

placed in a building equipped with ventilation and, where required, air cleaning

equipment. It may be necessary to have non-opening windows and automatic gate and

door closing devices, and to provide a negative pressure in the building. Odour nuisances

can be prevented either by cleaning of exhaust air or by dilution in outlets.


Chapter 5 – Analysis of Alternatives


Chapter 5 –Analysis of Alternative

5.1 Analysis of alternative site

The process of industrial site-selection begins with the recognition of project need. The site

satisfying the screening criteria in comparison with the possible alternative site for the proposed

facility. The screening criteria set by the company are economic & social factors.

The main reason behind selection of this site is a smaller amount rate of MIDC land as compare

to other MIDC area. MIDC has provided asphalted road network, CETP facility along with

pipeline network. The project site is close to National highway no. 66 & Railway network, so it

will be convenient for transportation of material and workers are economically viable. Project

proponent have purchased this plot with existing infrastructure, therefore requirement of any

major constructional activities is not envisaged. Roha has well supportive infrastructure, MIDC

is surrounded by many small villages hence worker availability will be with ease. Fire station,

Police station, Hospital and other life supportive facilities are in MIDC area only. Therefore no

alternate site was considered for establishment of project.

5.2 Analysis of alternative technology

Company has developed their manufacturing process in as such a way that all manufacturing

process doesn’t involve generation of gaseous pollutant, acid fumes etc. except CO2 gas. The

effluent will contain sodium chloride salt which will be also sold to the brine manufacture hence

it would not be wasted. The adopted technology for manufacturing of perfumery product is best

at the present, therefore no alternative technology is envisaged.


Chapter 6 – Environmental Monitoring Program


Chapter 6 –Environmental Monitoring Program

6.1 Introduction

Environmental monitoring Program is an essential tool for sustainable development. An

environmental monitoring Program provides a delivery mechanism to address the adverse

environmental impacts of a project during its execution, to enhance project benefits, and to

introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all project works. An environmental

monitoring program is important as it provides useful information and helps to:

Assist in detecting the development of any unwanted environmental situation, and thus,

provides opportunities for adopting appropriate control measures.

Monitoring & tracking the effectiveness of Environment Management Plan &

implementation of mitigation measures planned.

Define the responsibilities of the project proponents, contractors and environmental

monitors and provides means of effectively communicating environmental issues among

them.

Define monitoring mechanism and identify monitoring parameters.

Evaluate the performance and effectiveness of mitigation measures proposed in the

Environment Management Plan (EMP) and suggest improvements in management plan,

if required.

Identify training requirement at various levels.

Identification of any significant adverse transformation in environmental condition to

Plan additional mitigation measures

6.2 Monitoring points /locations and components

Environmental monitoring plan shall be decided considered the environmental impact likely to

occur due to operation of the project as the main scope of monitoring program is to track timely




and regularly change in the environmental condition and to take timely action to protect the

environment.

6.3 Post project monitoring parameters & frequency

Table No. 6.1 Post project monitoring parameters & frequency

Sr.

no

Activity/Area Pollutant Pollutant

Characteristics

Frequency Period

OPERATION PHASE

1. Vehicular

Movement

Dust

Emission

CO, SO2, NOX, SPM

in Ambient Air

Intermittent /

Periodic

Quarterly

2. Boiler Air

emissions

CO, SO2, NOX, SPM

from boiler

Intermittent /

Periodic

Quarterly

3. Scrubbers Air

emissions

CO2, Chlorine Intermittent /

Periodic

Quarterly

3. Boiler Area,

ETP, Work

Place Area

Sound Noise Level dB (A) Intermittent /

Periodic

Quarterly

4. Effluent

treatment plant

All

parameters

pH, O & G, TDS,

TSS, COD, BOD.

Heavy Metals &

Organic Compounds

specific to project

Intermittent /

Periodic

Weekly

5. Hazardous

Wastes

E.T.P sludge

residue,

MEE

residue

H.W. characteristics As per the

requirement of

CHWTSDF

providers

Once in a Year

6. Work Place Air

pollutants,

Heavy

metals

Volatile Organic

Compounds

Intermittent /

Periodic

Quarterly




6.4 Monitoring methodologies:

Monitoring of environmental samples shall be done as per the guidelines provide by

MoEF/CPCB/SPCB. The method followed shall be recommended / standard method

approved/recommended by MoEF/CPCB.

6.5 Documentation and reporting

The records of the monitoring program shall be kept on regular basis for all aspects of the

monitoring. Separate records for water, wastewater, solid, air, emission, soil shall be prepared

and preserved regularly. Immediately upon the completion of monitoring as per the planned

schedule, report shall be done & necessary documents shall be forwarded to the concern person.

Methodology of monitoring (sampling & analysis) shall be prepared as separate documents as

SOP (standard Operating Procedure) wherever required. The records showing results/outcome of

the monitoring programs shall be prepared as per the requirement of the schedule mentioned

above. Regularly these documents & records shall be reviewed for necessary improvement of the

monitoring plan/mitigation measures/environmental technologies as well as for necessary.

Actions of environmental management cell.

6.6 Budget & procurement schedule

On regular basis, Environment Management Cell shall inspect the necessity & availability of the

materials, technologies, services & maintenance works. The Cell shall made appropriate budget

for the purpose. Regular record review for change in financial requirement of environment

management shall be done and appropriate budgetary provisions shall be made. Along with other

budgets, Budget for environmental management shall be prepared and revised regularly up on

requirement. The budget shall include provisions for:

Environmental Monitoring Program

Operation & Maintenance of environmental Technologies/Equipments




Laboratory works for Environmental management activities

Emergency Purchase of necessary material, equipments, tools, services, protective

equipment.

Greenbelt development

Social & Environmental Welfare & Awareness programs/training & Health related

issues.

Annual Environmental Audit


Chapter 7 – Additional Studies


Chapter 7 –Additional Studies

7.1 Public Hearing

Public Consultation‖ refers to the process by which the concerns of locals likely to be affected/all

the stakeholders who have plausible stake in the environmental impacts due to the project or

activity are ascertained with a view to taking into account all the material concerns in the project

or activity design as appropriate. M/s. Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. will execute the proposed

project activity at plot 21/2, Dhatav MIDC, Roha, Raigad, Maharashtra, India. Now since the

unit has been located in Notified Dhatav MIDC area, as per the OM No. J-11013/36/2014-IA-I

dated 10th December 2014 public hearing is exempted for the industries which are located in

industrial estate or parks notified prior to 14.09.2006 i.e. the EIA Notification 2006 coming into

force.

7.2 Risk Assessment

Risk assessment is an essential part of the risk management process and is the overall term

covering the risk identification, analysis and risk evaluation part of the risk management process.

The Risk management process involves the following steps,

1. System Definition

2. Risk Identification

3. Risk Estimation

4. Risk Evaluation

5. Risk Control

6. Risk Monitoring

7. Risk Communication




As indicated in the earlier chapter the company proposed to manufacture seven products and two

by products. The manufacturing activity poses various types of hazards due to storage, handling

and manipulation of different chemicals.

In order to study the risks envisaged by the proposed expansion activities, the following

methodology was adopted.

Detailed study of all manufacturing activities

7.2.1 M.S.D.S.s

Brief M.S.D.S.s of all the above chemicals and other raw materials which would be used in the

manufacturing processes of products are used as reference for preparation of HAZOP study.

7.3 HAZOP Study

Introduction

The HAZOP Study for both the products has been prepared considering all the unit operations

and processes involved in the manufacturing of products.

Methodology

The documents pertaining to the processes such as rough P&I D made available by the client,

MSDS of the substances involved, etc. were studied. Detailed discussions were held with the

concerned officials of the factory.

Based on the above, HAZOP worksheets were prepared by applying standard procedures of

using guide words to generate deviations in the process parameters. Corrective actions wherever

necessary were indicated and presented below as HAZOP recommendations. The complete

HAZOP report is attached as annexure 7.1.




Table No.7.1: HAZOP Study Recommendations

HAZOP

Worksheet

No.

Recommendation

No. Action to be taken

1,2,5 01 Provide flange guards to all the flange joints of pipelines carrying corrosive

substances under pressure.

1 02 Provide spill kit to scrubber and train the concerned personnel on the spill

control procedure.

1 03 Provide manometer across the scrubber tower to monitor the pressure drop

across the scrubber tower. Higher than the desired pressure drop will

indicate chocking of the tower packing.

1 04 Provide gas leak detector at the vent of the scrubber tower.

1 05 Provide a stand-by circulation pump for system which can be activated on

very short notice

1 06 Provide an indication lamp near the operating level to show the healthy

working of the ID fan

1 07 Provide a scrubber log book to monitor the effective function of the scrubber

system. The log book should be signed by supervisor of the shift. The log

book should address the issues of concentration of scrubbing caustic,

temperature of the scrubbing sol., Healthy working of the scrubbing pump

and scrubbing exhaust fan.

1 08 Provide spill kit to the reactor and train the concerned personnel on the spill

control procedure.

1 09 Provide designed rupture disc to protect safety valve form corrosion.

Provide a tell tale pressure gauge between rupture disc and safety valve.

1 10 Provide level indicator for scrubber tank.

1 11 Ensure that the tonner is mounted on rotating wheels so that these can be

turned to allow leakage from the gas valve.

1 12 Provide a hood system for the tonner which could be connected to scrubber

in case of leakage.

1 13 Provide chlorine valve leakage kit and ensure that the concerned employees

are trained in the usage of the same.

1 14 Provide a barometric leg with a non return valve for chlorine line.

2,5 15 Provide flange guards to all the flange joints of pipelines carrying corrosive

substances under pressure.

2,5 16 Ensure that the centrifuge is maintained as indicated in the MFR 57

(schedule V)- further safety precautions for centrifugal machines

3,6,7,9 17 Formulate a procedure for periodic of the flame arrester.

3,6,7,9 18 Ensure that the linear velocity of solvent is not more than 1m/sec.

3,6,7,9 19 Use of anti-static ball valves recommended for provide electrical continuity




for the s. s. ball to the valve body by flexible wire

3,6,7,9 20 Bend the inlet line of the solvent towards reactor wall to ensure that the

solvent glides along the wall.

3,6,7,9 21 Procedure for inertization of vapour space with nitrogen gas from cylinders

to be finalized and included in the log book

3,6,7,9 22 Procedure to be established for periodic cleaning of the condenser with de-

scaling agents

3,6,7,9 23 Checklist for ensuring the FLP equipment to be prepared and strictly

followed (body earthing of the fitting, condition of the double compression

gland, closure of all Allen screws, all extra openings to be plugged, visual

inspection for pitting etc.)

3,6,7,9 24 SOP for measurement of earth pit resistance to be prepared and followed

3,6,7,9 25 Continuity of earthing to be checked once in a year.

3,6,7,9 26 Earthing standard to be developed , location at which the earth connection is

given, double earthing

3,6,7,9 27 Procedure to be followed during receipt of belts to ensure that these are

antistatic

3,6,7,9 28 Explore the possibility of providing powder charging system

4,8,10 29 Establish the properties of residue from safety point view.

4,8,10 30 Compatibility of thermo-well fluids to be established with the vessel

contents.

4,8,10 31 Provide flame arrester at the vents of the intermediate storage tanks.




7.4 Aerial Location of Hazardous Atmosphere (ALOHA):

A Quantitative Risk Assessment based on the software ALOHA – Aerial Locations of Hazardous

Atmospheres was carried out. The criteria failure scenarios considered for ALOHA depend on

the type of storage whether above ground tank, drums in storage area or pressurized cylinders as

well as physical state of the chemical stored and chemical properties of the chemical.

ALOHA (Arial Locations of Hazards Atmosphere) is an atmospheric dispersion model

used for evaluating releases of hazardous chemical vapors. ALOHA is a part of software called

CAMEO (Computer Aided Management of Emergency Operation). CAMEO is one of the tools

developed by EPA’s Chemical Emergency Preparedness and Prevention Office (CEPPO) and the

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration Office of Response and Restoration (NOAA),

to assist front-line chemical emergency planners and responders. For the present calculation

version 5.4.4 is used.

CAMEO suite consists of three parts viz.

1. CAMEO: It is basically a chemical data base provided for calculations.

2. ALOHA: ALOHA allows the user to estimate the downwind dispersion of a chemical cloud

based on the toxicological/physical characteristics of the released chemical, atmospheric

conditions, and specific circumstances of the release.

3. MARPLOT (Mapping Applications for Response, Planning, and Local Operational Tasks):

Graphical outputs include a "cloud footprint" that can be plotted on maps with MARPLOT to

display the location of other facilities storing hazardous materials and vulnerable locations,

such as hospitals and schools. Specific information about these locations can be extracted

from CAMEO information modules to help make decisions about the degree of hazard posed.




Acute Exposure Guideline Levels (AEGL):

Figure No. 7.1: Description of AEGL levels

THERMAL RADITION EFFECTS:

A Thermal Radiation Level of Concern (LOC) is a threshold level of thermal radiation, usually

the level above which a hazard may exist.

10 kW/(sq m) -- potentially lethal within 60 sec;

5 kW/(sq m) -- second-degree burns within 60 sec; and

2 kW/(sq m) -- pain within 60 sec.

Below are some effects at specific thermal radiation levels for which software was run.

37.5 kw / m2 (100% lethality),

12.5 kw/m2 (1% lethality),

1.6 kw/m2 (no discomfort)

The thermal radiation effects that people experience depend upon the length of time they are

exposed to a specific thermal radiation level. Longer exposure durations, even at a lower

thermal radiation level, can produce serious physiological effects.




OVERPRESSURE EFFECTS:

A major hazard associated with any explosion is overpressure. Overpressure, also called a blast

wave, refers to the sudden onset of a pressure wave after an explosion. This pressure wave is

caused by the energy released in the initial explosion—the bigger the initial explosion, the more

damaging the pressure wave. Blast waves can damage buildings or even knock them flat—often

injuring or killing the people inside them. The sudden change in pressure can also affect

pressure-sensitive organs like the ears and lungs. The damaging effects of the overpressure will

be greatest near the source of the explosion and lessen as you move farther from the source.

An Overpressure Level of Concern (LOC) is a threshold level of pressure from a blast wave,

usually the pressure above which a hazard may exist. In vapour cloud explosion scenario,

ALOHA will suggest three default LOC values. ALOHA uses three threshold values to create

the default threat zones:

• Red: 8.0 psi (destruction of buildings);

• Orange: 3.5 psi (serious injury likely); and

• Yellow: 1.0 psi (shatters glass).

ALOHA software is used to estimate the risk associated with release of pressurized gases. The

list of pressurized gases stored in the plant with respective quantity is listed in following table.

Table No 7.2: Tank Storage Details

Sr.

No.

Service Diameter,

mm

Length,

mm

Capacity,

kl

1 Methanol 2400 6000 26 X 2

Nos

2 30% HCl 2300 4900 20

3 50% Caustic Soda

Lye

2300 4900 20

4 Liq. Ammonia 2000 3200 10

5 FO 2300 4900 20




The summary of ALOHA for different scenarios for above chemicals attached in Annexure 7.2.

ALOHA footprints for different hazard scenarios are presented in table 7.3

Substance Scenario. Effects

considered

LOC Distance,

m

Methanol The rupture of

road tanker

Toxic area of

vapor cloud

AEGL-3 530 ppm 668

AEGL -2 2100 ppm 1100

AEGL -1 7200 ppm 1900

Flammable area

of vapour cloud

43080 ppm =

60% LEL

230

7180ppm =

10% LEL

669

Blast area of

vapour cloud

explosion

8.0 psi =

destruction of

buildings

LOC never

exceeded

3.5 psi =

serious injury

likely

LOC never

exceeded

1.0 psi =

shatters glass

179

Leak of the

tranfer pump

discharge line

Toxic area of

vapour cloud

AEGL-3 7200 ppm 23

AEGL-2 2100

ppm

48

AEGL-1 530

ppm

100

Flammable area

of vapour cloud

43080 ppm =

60% LEL

11

7180 ppm =

10% LEL

26

Blast area of

vapour cloud

explosion

8.0 psi =

destruction of

buildings

-

3.5 psi =




serious injury

likely

1.0 psi =

shatters glass

11m

Liquor

Ammonia

25%

Evaporating

puddle of

filmable

chemical

Toxic Area of

vapour cloud

AEGL-3 30 ppm 60

AEGL -2 160

ppm

161

AEGL -1 1100

ppm

379

Evaporating

puddle of

filmable

chemical

Flammable Area

of vapour cloud

90000 ppm =

60% LEL =

Flame Pockets

10

15000 ppm =

10% LEL

11

Evaporating

puddle of

filmable

chemical

Blast Area of

vapour cloud

- -

Hydrochlori

c Acid

Evaporating

puddle

- AEGL-3 100 ppm 29

AEGL -2 22 ppm 74

AEGL -1 1.8 ppm 273

Liquid

Chlorine

Evaporating

puddle.

- AEGL-3 20 ppm 240

AEGL -2 2 ppm 796

AEGL -1 0.5 ppm 1.6 km




Recommendations – for tonners

Each Chlorine tonner to be weighed individually before receipt.

The lifting arm for the tonners should be examined and tested as independent lifting

tackle.

Robust procedure should be developed to check the condition of the toner received

(color coding, valve caps, condition of the valves, external pitting corrosion of the

toner/cylinder, date of hydro test of cylinder etc.)

Valve kits to be maintained for toners

2 nos. Fire Extinguishers (DCP type, 10 kg.each) & 4 nos. Sand Buckets will be kept near

each gate.

NO SMOKING / NO NAKED LIGHT' board will be prominently displayed.

There are no HT / LT lines passing directly above the storage installation.

The shed and the surrounding facilities will be constructed of non-combustible material

like Cement, Steel, Bricks, AC Sheets etc.

Wind socks will be provided at height on a structure, near the storage shed.

Leakage Emergency Tool Kit one each for Chlorine, Ammonia. Self Contained Breathing

Apparatus (SCBA) will be provided in storage shed.




Recommendations – For storage tanks

The periodic inspection and maintenance program on the tank would be ensured.

The periodic maintenance on the pump and piping would be ensured.

Least number of flanged joints will be provided in the pipelines.

The pipelines will be supported adequately so as to avoid sagging of the same during

operation.

Visual inspection of the pipelines will be done periodically to ascertain external pitting

and corrosion.

Protective painting on the tank and pipeline shall be provided.

Protective equipment such as gloves, lab coat, vapor respirator, splash goggles shall be

ensured while handling the substance.

Prominent signage of hazards (such as ―Danger‖, No smoking‖) of the substances shall

be provided on the tank and surroundings

The tank installation will be protected against lightening.

All Electric Equipment & Fittings (e.g. Pump-motors, lamps, junction boxes, switches

etc.) shall be of Flame-proof Type, conforming to IS/IEC 60079 i.e. old IS 2148:1981,

suitable for GR. II A/II B and shall be of type approved by the CCoE.




Mitigation measures for Chlorine Handling

Chlorine (Cl2 ) ICSC 0126

CAS No. 7782-50-5 Molecular

Formula

Cl2

RTECS No FO2100000

UN. No 1017 Molecular Weight 70.90 g/mole

EC. No. 017-001-00-7

TYPES OF

HAZARD

ACUTE HAZARDS /

SYMPTOMS PREVENTION

FIRST AID / FIRE

FIGHTING

Fire

Not combustible but enhances

combustion of other substances.

Many reactions may cause fire

or explosion

NO contact with

combustibles,

acetylene,

ethylene,

hydrogen,

ammonia and

finely divided

metals.

In case of fire in the

surroundings: use

appropriate

extinguishing media.

Explosion

Risk of fire and explosion on

contact with combustible

substances, ammonia and finely

divided metals

----

In case of fire: keep

cylinder cool by

spraying with water

but NO direct contact

with water.

Exposure

AVOID ALL

CONTACT!

IN ALL CASES

CONSULT A

DOCTOR!

Inhalation

Corrosive. Burning sensation.

Shortness of breath. Cough.

Headache. Nausea. Dizziness.

Laboured breathing. Sore

throat. Symptoms may be

delayed (see Notes).

Breathing

protection. Closed

system and

ventilation.

Fresh air, rest. Half-

upright position.

Artificial respiration

may be needed. Refer

for medical attention.

Skin

ON CONTACT WITH

LIQUID: FROSTBITE.

Corrosive. Skin burns. Pain.

Cold-insulating

gloves. Protective

clothing.

First rinse with plenty

of water, then remove

contaminated clothes

and rinse again. Refer




for medical attention.

Eyes

Corrosive. Pain. Blurred vision.

Severe deep burns.

Safety goggles or

eye protection in

combination with

breathing

protection.

First rinse with plenty

of water for several

minutes (remove

contact lenses if

easily possible), then

take to a doctor.

Ingestion

Spillage Disposal Packing & Labeling

Evacuate danger area! Consult an expert!

Ventilation. NEVER direct water jet on liquid.

Remove gas with fine water spray. Personal

protection: complete protective clothing including

self-contained breathing apparatus. Do NOT let

this chemical enter the environment.

T Symbol

N Symbol

R: 23-36/37/38-50

S: (1/2-)9-45-61 UN Hazard Class: 2.3

UN Subsidiary Risks: 8

Emergency Response Safe Storage

Transport Emergency Card: TEC (R)-20S1017

NFPA Code: H 4; F 0; R 0; OX

Separated from strong bases, combustible

and reducing substances. Cool. Dry. Keep in

a well-ventilated room

IMPORTANT DATA

PHYSICAL APPEARANCE: (APPEARANCE )

GREENISH-YELLOW GAS, WITH PUNGENT

ODOUR.

ROUTE OF EXPOSURE:-

The substance can be absorbed into the body

by inhalation of its vapor and by ingestion.

PHYSICAL DANGER:-

The Gas is heavier than Air

INHALATION RISK:-

A harmful contamination of the air can be

reached rather quickly on dusting of this

substance

CHEMICAL DANGER:-

The solution in water is a strong acid, it reacts

violently with bases and is corrosive. Reacts

violently with many organic compounds,

ammonia, hydrogen and finely divided metals

causing fire and explosion hazard. Attacks many

metals in presence of water. Attacks plastic,

EFFECT OF SHORT TERM EXPOSURE:-

Tear drawing. The substance is corrosive to

the eyes, the skin and the respiratory tract.

Inhalation of gas may cause pneumonitis and

lung oedema, resulting in reactive airways

dysfunction syndrome (RADS) (see Notes).

Rapid evaporation of the liquid may cause

frostbite. Exposure far above the OEL may




rubber and coatings. result in death. The effects may be delayed.

Medical observation is indicated.

OCCUPATIONAL EXPOSURE LIMIT:-

TLV: 0.5 ppm as TWA; 1 ppm as STEL; A4 (not

classifiable as a human carcinogen); (ACGIH

2004). MAK: 0.5 ppm, 1.5 mg/m³; Peak

limitation category: I(1); Pregnancy risk group:

C; (DFG 2004).

EFFECT OF LONG TERM EXPOSURE:-

The substance may have effects on the lungs,

resulting in chronic bronchitis. The

substance may have effects on the teeth,

resulting in erosion.

7.5 DOW Fire and Explosion Index

The Dow index has been calculated for chemicals stored chemical storage area. Dow Index has

been calculated for F.O Tank and Butanol, Dimethylformamide Drum storage. Details of DOW

index is given in table below,

Table No. 7.4: List of hazardous chemicals and its respective DOW F& E Index

Sr.

No

Chemical Quantity

at any

given time,

Nh Nf Nr Material

Factor

F&EI Degree of

hazard

PESO Storage

1 Furnace Oil (20

KL)

16 KL 0 2 0 10 18.7 Light

Raw Material Godown

2 Butanol 0.8 Tones 1 3 0 16 35.52 Light

3 Dimethyl

Formamide

5.4 Tones 2 2 0 10 15.0 Light

The DOW index work sheet and the respective recommendations for each chemical are

as below with its recommendation




Dow Index for FO Tank

Tank No. -- Equipment Name Furnace Oil Tank (20 KL)

Basic Material for Material factor MS

Drums

Density, kg/l 0.86 Properties of material

N h 0 N f 2 N r 0 M.F. 10

Boil.

pt.

- 0F - 0C Flash pt. 150 0

F

66 0C

HC = Heat of

Comb.

18700 BTU / lb

Quantity of the

material

16000 l 1

3

7

6

0

kg 30335.60 Lb

Storage conditions Temp 30 0

C

Pressu

re

1.0 bar

Penalty factor

range

Penalty factor used 1.General

Process

Hazard

Base Factor 1.00 1.00

Exothermic Chemical Reaction 0.30 to 1.25 0.00

Endothermic Processes 0.20 to 0.40 0.00

Material handling and transfer 0.25 to 1.05 0.25

Enclosed or Indoor Process Units 0.25 to 0.90 0.00

Access 0.20 to 0.35 0.00

Drainage and Spill Control 0.25 to 0.50 0.00

General Process Hazard Factor ( F1 ) 1.25

2.Special

Process

Hazard


Toxic material(s) 0.20 to 0.80 0.00

Sub atmospheric pressure (< 500 mm Hg) 0.50 0.00

Operation in or near flammable range

_____inerted ______non inerted.

0.00 to 0.80

1. Tank farm storage flammable liquids 0.50 0.00

2. Process upset or purge failure 0.30 0.00

3. Always in contact of Flame

process

0.80 0.00

Dust Explosion 0.25 to 2.00 0.00

Pressure Operating pressure psig

Relief setting ________ psig

0.00

Low temperature 0.20 to 0.30 0.00

Quantity of flammable / unstable material

1. Liquids or gases in process 0.00

2. Liquids or gases in storage 0.30

3. Combustible Solids in Storage, Dust in

Process

0.00

Corrosion & Erosion 0.10 to 0.75 0.10

Leakage - Joints & Packing 0.10 to 1.50 0.10

Use of Fired Equipment 0.00

Hot oil heat exchange system 0.15 to 1.15 0.00

Rotating Equipment 0.50 0.00




Special Process Hazard Factor ( F2 ) 1.5

Process Unit Hazard Factor ( F3 = F1 x F2) 1.87

Fire & Explosion Index (F.& E.I.= F3 x M.F. ) 18.7

Degree of Hazard Light

Radius of Exposure 4.78 meters

Area of Exposure 71.74 sq. m

Recommendations for FO Tank

Preventive & Protective

Features

Fire & Explosion Index Number Index for the present case

0-

20

20-40 40-

60

60-75 75-

90

>90 18.7

Suggest

ed

Recom

mended

Feature

required

1) Fireproofing 1 2 2 3 4 4 √

2) Water spray

a) directional 1 2 3 3 4 4 √

b) area 1 2 3 3 4 4 √

c) curtain 1 1 2 2 2 4 √

3) Special

instrumentation

a) temperature 1 2 3 3 4 4 √

b) pressure 1 2 3 3 3 4 √

c) flow control 1 2 3 4 4 4 √

4) Dust, blowdown, spill

control

1 1 2 3 3 4 √

5) Internal examination 1 2 3 3 4 4 √

6) Combustible gas

monitors

a) signal alarm 1 1 2 3 3 4 √

b) actuate equipment 1 1 2 2 3 4 √

7) Remote operation 1 1 2 3 3 4 √




8) Diking, (Not

Applicable as barrel

storage)

1 4 4 4 4 4 √

9) Blast & barrier walls

separation

1 1 2 3 4 4 √

1) Feature optional 2) Feature suggested 3) Feature recommended 4) Feature required

Dow Index for Butanol Drum storage

Tank No. -- Equipment Name Butanol (0.8 KL)


Drums


N h 1 N f 3 N r 0 M.F. 16

Boil.

pt.

243 0F 117 0C Flash pt. 84 0F 28.8 0C

HC = Heat of

Comb.

14300 BTU / lb

Quantity of the

material

860 l 696.6 kg 1535.7 Lb

Storage conditions Temp 30 0C Pressu

re

1.0 bar

Penalty factor

range


Process

Hazard






Access 0.20 to 0.35 0.00



2.Special

Process

Hazard






0.00 to 0.80




process

0.80 0.00




0.00









Process

0.00








Fire & Explosion Index (F.& E.I.= F3 x M.F. ) 35.52


Radius of Exposure 9.09 meters

Area of Exposure 259 sq. m

Recommendations for Butanol Drum Storage


Features


0-

20

20-40 40-

60

60-75 75-

90

>90 35.52

Suggest

ed

Recom

mended

Feature

required


2) Water spray


b) area 1 2 3 3 4 4 √

c) curtain 1 1 2 2 2 4 √

3) Special

instrumentation


b) pressure 1 2 3 3 3 4 √



control

1 1 2 3 3 4 √





6) Combustible gas

monitors




8) Diking, (Not


storage)

1 4 4 4 4 4 √


separation

1 1 2 3 4 4 √


Dow Index for DMF Drum storage

Tank No. -- Equipment Name Dimethylformamide (5.4 Tones )


Drums


N h 2 N f 2 N r 0 M.F. 10

Boil.

pt.

307.4 0F 153 0C Flash pt. 136 0F 57.7 0C

HC = Heat of

Comb.

11428 BTU / lb

Quantity of the

material

5400 l 5124 kg 11296 Lb

Storage conditions Temp 30 0C Pressu

re

1.0 bar

Penalty factor

range


Process

Hazard






Access 0.20 to 0.35 0.00



2.Special

Process

Hazard






0.00 to 0.80







process

0.80 0.00




0.00






Process

0.00








Fire & Explosion Index (F.& E.I.= F3 x M.F. ) 15


Radius of Exposure 3.84meters

Area of Exposure 46.3 sq. m

Recommendations for DMF Drum Storage


Features


0-

20

20-40 40-

60

60-75 75-

90

>90 15

Suggest

ed

Recom

mended

Feature

required


2) Water spray


b) area 1 2 3 3 4 4 √

c) curtain 1 1 2 2 2 4 √

3) Special

instrumentation





b) pressure 1 2 3 3 3 4 √



control

1 1 2 3 3 4 √


6) Combustible gas

monitors




8) Diking, (Not


storage)

1 4 4 4 4 4 √


separation

1 1 2 3 4 4 √





7.6 Toxicity (Monds) Index

The principle and general approach used in the DOW method of hazard evaluation have been

further developed by ICI Mond Division, the revised Mond Fire, Explosive and Toxicity index is

a series of papers by Lewis (1979). The main developments made to the DOW Index in the

Mond Index are:

1. It covers a wider range of process and storage installation

2. It covers the processing of chemicals with explosive properties

3. A calculation procedure is included to allow for the off-setting effects of good design and

control and safety instrumentation

4. The procedure has been extended to cover plant layout

5. Separate indices are calculated to access the hazards of fire, internal explosion and aerial

explosion.

To estimate the Monds Index for raw materials in storage area following,

All the raw materials stored in the industry premises are tabulated and data for their N (H) levels

and TLV levels are obtained. Based on their highest toxicity factor and lowest TLV level

Mond’s Index was calculated for Dimethyl Sulfate, Hydrogen Peroxide for drum storages.

Similarly Hydrochloric acid are stored in tank farms, Mond’s index was performed is performed

for both of them.




A) Monds Index Calculation for Dimethyl Sulfate

Toxicity Index :Th + Ts (1+GPH+SPH)

100

Where, SPH = Special Process Hazard

GPH = General Process Hazard

Th = Toxicity factor based on the NFPA hazard index (0 – 4)

Ts = Correction factor (additional penalty) for toxicity based on Maximum

Allowable Concentration (MAC) value in ppm

Th (Toxicity Factor): For Dimethyl Sulfate will be 325 as the Nh factor for Dimethyl Sulfate is 4

from below table

Ts (Correction Factor): For Dimethyl Sulfate will be 125 as the MAC is 0.5 ppm from below

table

Toxicity factor Index

NFPA Index Number Toxicity Factor

(Th)

0 0

1 50

2 125

3 250

4 325




Correction factor for Toxicity

MAC (in ppm) Ts

5 and below 125

Between 5 and 50 75

50 and more 50

General & Special Process Hazard

1.General Process

Hazard






Access 0.20 to 0.35 0.00



2.Special Process

Hazard



Sub atmospheric pressure (< 500 mm

Hg)

0.50 0.00


_____inerted ______noninerted

0.00 to 0.80

1. Tank farm storage flammable

liquids

0.50 0.00


3. Always in Flammable range

process

0.80 0.00



Relief setting ________

psig

0.00


Quantity of flammable / unstable

material



3. Combustible Solids in Storage, Dust

in Process

0.00










Therefore from the above table the GPH and SPH is coming to be around 1.50 and 1.90

respectively.

Calculation of Toxicity Index:


100

Toxicity Index : [325 + 125 (1 + 1.50 + 1.90)]/100

Toxicity Index :8.75

Toxicity Index

The resulting TI values are ranked into three categories:

1-5 Light

6-9 Moderate

10-up High

The Toxicity Index for Dimethyl Sulfate is calculated to be around 8.62 which indicate that

the degree of hazard is Moderate from above table.




B) Monds Index Calculation for Hydrochloric Acid


100






Th (Toxicity Factor): For Hydrochloric acid will be 250 as the Nh factor for Hydrochloric acid is

3 from below table

Ts (Correction Factor): For Hydrochloric acid will be 125 as the MAC is 5 ppm from below

table



(Th)

0 0

1 50

2 125

3 250

4 325





MAC (in ppm) Ts

5 and below 125

Between 5 and 50 75

50 and more 50


1.General Process

Hazard






Access 0.20 to 0.35 0.00



2.Special Process

Hazard




Hg)

0.50 0.00



0.00 to 0.80


liquids

0.50 0.00



process

0.80 0.00




psig

0.00



material







in Process

0.00








respectively.



100

Toxicity Index : [250 + 125 (1 + 1.50 + 1.70)]/100

Toxicity Index :7.75

Toxicity Index


1-5 Light

6-9 Moderate

10-up High

The Toxicity Index for Hydrochloric acid is calculated to be around 7.75 which indicate

that the degree of hazard is Moderate from above table.




C) Monds Index Calculation for Hydrogen peroxide


100






Th (Toxicity Factor): For Hydrogen peroxide will be 250 as the Nh factor for Hydrogen Peroxide

is 3 from below table

Ts (Correction Factor): For Hydrogen peroxide will be 125 as the MAC is 1 ppm from below

table



(Th)

0 0

1 50

2 125

3 250

4 325





MAC (in ppm) Ts

5 and below 125

Between 5 and 50 75

50 and more 50


1.General Process

Hazard






Access 0.20 to 0.35 0.00



2.Special Process

Hazard




Hg)

0.50 0.00



0.00 to 0.80


liquids

0.50 0.00



process

0.80 0.00




psig

0.00



material




in Process

0.00











respectively.



100

Toxicity Index : [250 + 125 (1 + 1.50 + 1.70)]/100

Toxicity Index : 7.75

Toxicity Index


1-5 Light

6-9 Moderate

10-up High

The Toxicity Index for Hydrogen peroxide is calculated to be around 7.75 which indicate

that the degree of hazard is Moderate from above table.

Table no. 7.5 : Calculated Mond’s Index and degree of Hazard for Hazardous chemicals.

Sr.

No.

Raw Materials Th (Toxicity

factor)

Ts ( Correction

factor)

Mond’s Index Degree of hazard

1. Dimethyl Sulfate 325 125 8.62 Moderate

2. Hydrochloric

Acid

250 125 7.75 Moderate

3. Hydrogen

Peroxide

250 125 7.75 Moderate




Toxicity (Mond) Index recommendations:

1. Toxic material should be stored in cool place. It should be away from heat and temperature.

2. Toxic material can cause breathing difficulty therefore storage area should be well

ventilated.

3. Dyke or Spill kit should be provided for storage to limit the spill of materials. Suitable

Absorbent like sodium bi carbonate should be used to absorb the spill.

4. The storage area should not be congested and good housekeeping practice should be

implemented.

5. The chemicals should be stored considering their compatibility with each other.

6. PPE’s should be used wherever necessary.

Chemical wise precautions to be taken during handling, storage of chemicals are tabulated

below




Sr. No. Name Of

Material Hazards Associated

Precautions to be taken during

Handling

Precautions to be

taken during Storage

1 Phthalic

Anhydride /

Ptthalamide

i) Health Hazards: Inhalation causes irritation to

nose, throat and also irritant to

skin & eyes.

ii) Fire Hazards: Molten and

solid phthalic anhydride burn

if ignited. It can react with

oxidizing materials.

i) All containers should be labeled

properly with caution.

ii) Containers should be dry and

locked & keep it away from

sources of ignition.

iii) Avoid contact with skin and

eyes.

i) Storage area should

be well ventilated.

ii) Containers should

be closed tightly and

keep in a cool place

& Do not store in

temp above 25°C

(77°F).

2 Chlorine i) Health Hazards: It can

cause irritation to the eyes,

skin and the respiratory

system.

ii) It causes intensify fire.

i) Do not attempt to handle it

without proper training.

ii) Avoid heat, sparks, open

flames and other ignition

sources.


be cool, dry & well

ventilated.

ii) ii) Storage area should

iii) be away from flammable materials.

3 Dimethyl

Sulphate

Health Hazards: It can

cause irritation to the eyes.

If contact with skin, skin

produces initial reddening

and possibly itching,

followed by severe burns

that may extend through the

skin to the underlying

tissues if the liquid is not

rapidly removed

i) Containers should be keep dry

and locked & keep it away from

heat & sources of ignition.

ii) Do not breathe

gas/fumes/vapour/spray.

iii) Avoid contact with skin &

eyes.


be well ventilated.

ii) Keep container

tightly closed and

store in a cool place.

4 Methanol i) Health Hazards: The

substance is toxic to eyes. It

can cause irritation to the

eyes & skin. toxic to blood,

kidneys, liver, brain, peripheral

nervous system, upper

respiratory tract, skin, central

nervous system (CNS),optic

nerve.

ii) Explosive & Flammable.

i) Keep it away from heat &

ignition sources and loked up

the containers

ii) Do not breathe

gas/fumes/vapor/spray.

iii) Wear suitable protective clothing. iv) Do not handle in areas that have

potential ignition sources

i) Should be Store in a

segregated and

approved area& area

should be cool and well

ventilated.

ii) Keep container tightly

closed and

sealed until ready for

use.

iii) Avoid all possible

sources of ignition

(spark or flame).

5 Caustic Soda

Lye 50%

i) Health Hazards: Causes

severe skin burns and eye

damage. Hazardous in case

of inalation.

ii) Solution is corrosive to

i) During handling, prevent

contact with skin and eyes by

using adequate PPEs.

ii) Do not breathe gas/fumes/

vapor/spray.

i) Store in closed

containers, well

ventilated area and

cool place.

ii) Store away from




body tissues and metallic

materials.

iii) Product may react

violently with acids.

iii) Do not drink, eat or smoke

while handling.

sources of heat and

ignition, strong acids,

aluminum, zinc &

magnesium.

6 Liquor

Ammonia

25%

i) Causes severe skin burns

and eye damage. May

cause respiratory irritation.

i) Do not breathe

dust/fume/gas/mist/vapors

spray.

ii) Wash thoroughly after

handling.

iii) Wear PPEs while handling.

iv) Keep away from incompatibles

such as metals, acids.


be well ventilated.

ii) Containers should be

closed tightly and

keep in a cool place

& Do not store in temp

above 25°C (77°F).

7 Hydrochloric

Acid

i) Health Effects: It is

very corrosive to the eyes,

skin, and mucous

membranes.

Inhalation causes irritation to

eyes, nose, and respiratory

tract.

i) Avoid contact with skin and

eyes.

ii) Keep away from incompatibles

such as oxidizing agents, organic

materials, metals, alkalis,

moisture.

i) Should be stored in a

cool, dry, well-

ventilated area away

from sources of

moisture.

ii) Containers should be

closed tightly.

8 Normal

Butanol

i) Health Effects: It can

cause irritation to the

eyes and possible eye

damage.

ii) Inhalation causes

irritation to nose, throat

& lungs causing

coughing, wheezing &

shortness of breath.

iii) Exposure can cause

headache, dizziness,

nausea & vomiting.

iv) It is a flammable liquid

and react with oxidizing

agents

i) Wear PPEs while handling.

ii) Use explosion-proof

electrical equipments and

fittings while handling.

iii) Do not use compressed air or

oxygen for filling,

discharging or handling.


be cool, dry & well

ventilated.

ii) Should be stored

away from sources

of ignition such as

smoking and open

flames.

9 Sodium Bi

Sulphite i) Health Hazard: It is

irritating to the eyes, skin, &

mucous membranes. ii) Toxic and corrosive.


eyes.

ii) Wear PPEs while handling.

iii) Do not breathe dust or

vapour.

i) Store in areas, away

from heat and

moisture.

ii) Protect from

physical damage.

iii) Should be segregate

from acids and

oxidizers.

10 Hydrogen

Peroxide

i) Health Effects: Inhalation

causes sore throat, cough.

dizziness, headache.

i) Do not breathe gas/fumes/

vapor/spray

ii) Never add water to this product.

v) Should be stored

away from sources

of ignition and




nausea, shortness of

breath.

Corrosive to skin and

eyes. cause abdominal

distension, nausea &

vomiting.

iii) Avoid contact with skin and

eyes.

iv) Do not ingest.

combustible

materials.

vi) Should stored in

light resistant, closed

containers & keep it

away from heat.

vii) Keep away from

incompatibles such

as oxidizing agents,

reducing agents,

combustible

materials, organic

materials, metals,

acids, alkalis.

11 Hydrobromic

acid

i) Health Effects: Inhalation

causes severe irritation of

nose and upper respiratory

tract, lung injury.

Ingestion causes burns of

mouth and stomach.

Contact with eyes causes

severe irritation and burns.

Contact with skin causes

irritation and burns.

ii) Extremely corrosive in

presence of steel,

aluminum, of zinc. Highly

corrosive in presence of

copper.

i) Use PPEs while handling

drums containing

hydrobromic acid.

ii) Avoid the use of metals which

are attacked by hydrobromic

acid.

i) Store in a metallic or

coated fiberboard drum

using a strong

polyethylene inner

package.

ii) Keep it away from

water sources.

12 Soda Ash i) Health Effects: Inhalation

causes irritation to the

respiratory tract and can

cause burning pain in the

nose and throat, coughing,

wheezing and shortness of

breath. Contact with skin

can cause irritation,

blisters and burns.

ii) Toxic and explosive.


eyes.

ii) Do not ingest and do not

breathe.

iii) Wear PPEs while handling.

i) Should be stored in

weather tight

storage area.

ii) Do not store in

temp above 24°C

(75.2°F).




13 Dimethyl

formamide

Health Effects: Irritant to

Skin and eye contact.

Inhalation causes

Abdominal pain,

Diarrhoe, Nausea&

Vomiting.

i) Containers should be dry and

locked & keep it away from


ii) Do not breathe gas/fumes/

vapor/spray.

iii) Do not ingest.

iv) Use PPEs while handling.

v) Avoid contact with skin and

eyes.

i) Keep container in

cool, well ventilated

area.

ii) Keep away from


iii) Keep container

tightly closed and

sealed until ready for

use.

14 Ammonium

Bicarbonate

i) Health Effects: Irritant to

Skin and eye contact.

ii) Breathing causes irritation

to nose, throat and lungs

causing coughing,

wheezing and shortness of

breath.


eyes. ii) Use proper equipment for

lifting and transporting all

containers.

iii) Wash thoroughly after

handling.

i) Store in a cool, dry

and well-ventilated

place.

ii) Keep away from

incompatibles.

iii) Keep container

tightly closed.

15 Ammonium

Chloride

Health Effects: Inhalation

causes cough, sore

through

Contact with skin and

eyes causes redness and

pain.

Ingestion causes nausea,

vomiting.


eyes. ii) Keep away from incompatibles

such as oxidizing agents, acids,

alkalis. iii) Do not breath dust.

i) Store in a cool, dry

and well-ventilated

place.

ii) Keep container

tightly closed.

16 Methyl

Anthranilate

i) Health Effects: Irritant to

the skin.

ii) Combustible.


eyes. ii) Do not breath and ingest.

v) Keep away from

heat. & from sources

of ignition.

vi) Store in a cool, dry

and well-ventilated

place.

vii) Keep container

tightly closed.

17 Isatoic

Anhydride

Health Effects:

May cause an allergic skin

reaction. Causes serious eye irritation.

i) Avoid contact with

skin and eyes.

ii) Avoid formation of dust and

aerosols.

iii) Provide appropriate exhaust

ventilation at places where

dust is formed.

i) Store in cool place.

ii) Keep container

tightly closed in a

dry and well-

ventilated place.




7.7 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

Objectives of Disaster Management Plan [DMP]

The Disaster Management Plan (DMP) is aimed to ensure safety of life, protection of

environment, protection of installation, restoration of production and salvage operations in the

same order of priorities. For effective implementation of the DMP, it should be widely circulated

and personnel training through rehearsals/drills should be organized. Further, the management

should be able to demonstrate that its assessment of the consequences as good supporting

evidence. To tackle the consequences of a major emergency inside the factory or immediate

vicinity of the factory, a DMP has to be formulated and this planned emergency document is

called "Disaster Management Plan". The objective of the Industrial Disaster Management Plan is

to make use of the combined resources of the plant and the outside services to achieve the

following:

Effect the rescue and medical treatment of causalities

Safeguard other people

Minimize damage to property and the environment

Initially control and ultimately bring the incident under control

Identify any casualties

Provide authoritative information to the news media

Secure the safe rehabilitation of affected area

Preserve relevant records and equipment for the subsequent inquiry into the cause and

circumstances of the emergency. In effect, it is to optimize operational efficiency to

rescue rehabilitation and render medical help and to restore normalcy.

7.7.1 Onsite Emergency Plan

Salient Features of the Project and key personnel in formation and implementation of onsite

emergency plan is listed in table 7.7.




Table No. 7.6: Salient Features of Project

Name of Project M/s Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd.

Address (Plant) Plot No : 21/2, Dhatav MIDC, Roha, Raigad, Mahrashtra.

Nature of the Project Synthetic Organic Chemicals

Capacity Products –5825 MT/A

By Products – 710.16 MT/A

Man Power 105 Nos

Name of Director Santosh R. Nandan

Key Persons in the

Emergency Plan

EHS Officer

Safety Officer

Fire Officer

7.7.2 OBJECTIVES OF THE PLAN

On-Site emergency preparedness plan has the following objectives:

1. Safeguard lives and property at site and in its vicinity area.

2. Contain the incident and bring it under control;

3. Minimize damage to lives, property and environment;

4. Rescue and treat affected human beings;

5. To train the people to act efficiently and with confidence in an emergency.

6. Evacuate people to safe areas;

7. To minimize its occurrence.

7.7.2.1 Pre – Emergency Plans:

Pre – Emergency means the preparatory stage of the plan. It should be ensured that the prepared

plan contains all required provisions and details of facility to handle and to contain the

emergency situation successfully. The unit has to consider maximum and possible worst scenario

for emergency purpose while planning. The unit has to develop and maintain the essential




facilities, so that the emergency can be controlled and the damages are minimized in the shortest

period with proper use of all available resources.

The unit should be duly prepared and ready all the time to encounter any possible emergency,

while it may strike or not. Being a Specialty Chemicals Manufacturing unit various type of

chemicals are used possessing varied types of hazards and knowing the hazards of the chemical,

stored, handled or processed in the factory, the quick response action must be created within unit.

The structure of the plan may vary depending on the number of employees, materials, process,

and availability of recourses, location of site, size and complexity of the unit. It should ensure to

work out a plan with possibilities of various emergencies with likely to arise within unit. Further

the periodical rehearsal is also to be carried out to check and examine the effectiveness,

awareness and preparedness of the plan as well as services. The emergency planning is not a

substitute for good design, plant operating and maintenance practices. Therefore, the Onsite

Emergency Action Plan must be followed to avoid emergency.

7.7.2.2 Periodic Checking Schedule-

To check availability, work ability and take necessary actions for replacement and maintenance,

if required. Check resources of water. Keep all emergency and essential Telephone Nos. with

contact persons, suppliers for the same handy. Contact details may be displayed on the boards

installed at prominent locations in the plant and offices. Maintain the coordination with other

fire – services. Also the Firefighting system and PPE should be checked if they are in working

condition and proper maintenance should be done.

7.7.2.3Preventive Maintenance (To Avoid Emergency)

A scheduled periodical preventative maintenance and inspection of the plants, Reactors,

centrifuges, equipment’s, storage tanks, air compressors etc. are as per laid down procedures and

check that records are maintained properly. Check the test, examination and certification have

been carried out within reasonable period.




7.7.2.4Training

By imparting an effective training to the plant supervisors, inspectors, and education and training

of the workers from time to time, the awareness is to be kept alive all the time to ensure safety

awareness, preparedness for emergency situations, good housekeeping, discipline, etc. Display of

safety slogans, operative instructions and motivation for safety should be made part of the

company’s normal activities. All the persons earmarked for the emergency services are to be

trained to respond to the emergency. The company conducts internal & external training for

Environment Health & safety. The training should be conducted at a documented frequency. The

external training should be conducted six monthly and internal training is conducted every

month.

7.7.2.5 Monitoring the Environment

Continuous and periodic monitoring of environment is required for detection of a possible

damage or a risky situation arises.

7.7.2.6Mock Drill

Organize the periodical mock drill / rehearsal as per suggested format by creating an emergency

situation so as to verify preparedness and awareness as well as shortcomings on the part of the

person to overcome the same. Provide sufficient time prior to mock drill to the emergency

services and public for proper response to exercise and provide training also. Record the

deficiencies of the system during the trial and take appropriate actions to improve the efficiency

of the plan in terms of preparedness and response.

7.7.2.7 Maintenance of Records

Keep the records of the monitoring conditions, safety systems, storage levels, process condition,

etc. and maintain the log- books, registers etc. Keep the M.S.D.S. and onsite emergency plan

with required details in a place from where they are readily available.




7.7.2.8 Emergency Control Room

The equipped Emergency Control Room should be in working order. The plant layout maps,

drawing, storage details, Material safety Data Sheets (MSDS), emergency operations, manuals

etc. should be kept and should be updated continuously. List of essential telephone Nos. is also

maintained up to date. The senior and expert person should be posted as in charge of the control

room.

7.7.2.9 Command & Control

The organization chart, for the emergency plan has been given which explains the chart of

command, channel of information flow, and actions as required during the emergency. The

single organizational structure has been created on striking emergency and the same shall be

continued till the emergency over. The Shift Supervisor shall take the initial charge as incident

controller; he will be coordinating with various agencies effectively to combat the situation. The

security office room will be used as emergency control Room. The security gate will be used as

Assembly point. The Factory Manager will act as site main controller for the unit. On arrival, he

will supervise all activities with the help of asst. Plant in- charge.

7.7.2.10 Identification of Hazards

The type of hazards have been identified in the previous section accordingly and risk

quantification is also been done for all hazardous raw materials.

7.7.3 Fire controlling measures in case of emergency situation:

In the plant premise different control measures shall be applied to control and extinguish fire in

accidental situations. Following list details the availability of such measures available at different

plant locations.

List of fire extinguishers provided

1. No. of fire extinguishers – 22 no.




2. Type of extinguishers – DCP/CO2

7.7.4 Fire Fighting Systems

Table No.7.7: Details of fire fighting system

Fire Fighting Tank Details

Capacity of Fire Fighting tanks 200 KL

Type of tank Overhead/ Below head Underground

Material of Construction RCC

Pump Capacity of fire fighting tank Main pump – 171 m3/hr

No of assembly points 2 no. Gate – 2

Fire Hydrant system Yes

No of fire hydrant points in the premises 20 no.

7.7.4.1 Water requirement for Fire Fighting and Back – up Time Calculation.

The amount of water required for firefighting purpose can be estimated by the below formula:

Water required in liters per minutes = (A + B +C + D)/20

A) The total area in sq.mtr of all Floors including galleries in all building of the Factory =

3754.0m2

B) The total area in sq.mtr of all Floors and galleries including open spaces in which combustible

materials=878m2

C) The total area in sq.mtr of all Floors over 15 mtr above ground level = NA

D) The total area in sq.mtr of all floors of buildings other than those of fire resisting construction

of various floors is so certified by any fire association or fire insurance company

= 3754+878+00+00

= 4632/20

=232 liters water required per minute

Fire Hydrant tank has been provided of the capacity : 200 m3(2,00,000 L)




The total firefighting tank capacity is 2,00,000 lit. The back-up water supply can be calculated

as,

Time (min) = [Total water in fire fighting tank (l)]/water required, l/min

= 2,00,000/232

= 14.3 hours

7.7.4.2 Justification considering pump capacity

The pump capacity in the plant is 171m3/hr, therefore according to the discharge capacity of the

pump installed. The back-up time by which the tank will be empty is calculated below,

Time (min) = [Total water in fire fighting tank (m3)]/discharge capacity (m

3/hr)

= 200/171

= 1.17 Hours

Back-up time will be 1.17 Hrs




7.7.5 Flow Diagram showing Key Persons involved in Emergency Situation and their

hierarchy.

Figure No. 7.2: Schematic Representation of organizational structure of environment

management

7.7.6 Emergency Responsibilities

The responsibilities of the key personnel are appended below.

Sr. Executive

On knowing about emergency, rushes to ECC.

Helps the Incident Controller in containment of the emergency.

Ensures fire pumps in operating conditions and instructs pump house operator to be ready

for any emergency with standby arrangement.

Guides the fire fighting crew i.e. firemen, trained plant personnel and security staff.

Organizes shifting the fire fighting facilities to the emergency site, if required.

Takes guidance of the Incident Controller for firefighting as well as assesses the

requirements of outside help.

EHS MANAGER

EHS OFFICERS / SAFETY OFFICER

FIRE OFFICER

ETP CHEMIST

MANAGING DIRECTOR




Arranges to control the traffic at the gate and the incident area.

Directs the security staff to the incident site to take part in the emergency operations

under his guidance and supervision.

Evacuates the people in the plant or in the nearby areas as advised by Site Controller.

Searches for casualties and arranges proper aid for them.

Assembles a search and evacuation team.

Arranges for safety equipment for the members of this team.

Decides which paths the evacuated workers should follow.

Maintains law and order in the area and, if necessary, seeks the help of police.

EHS Manager - Medical, Mutual Aid, Rehabilitation, Transport and Communication

In the event of failure of electric supply and thereby internal telephone, sets up

communication point and establishes contact with the Emergency Control Centre (ECC).

Organizes medical treatment to the injured and, if necessary, arrange to shift the injured

to nearby hospitals.

Mobilizes extra medical help from outside, if necessary.

Keeps a list of qualified first aiders of the factory and seeks their assistance.

Maintains first aid and medical emergency requirements.

Makes sure that all safety equipment is made available to the emergency team.

Assists Site Controller with necessary data and to coordinate the emergency activities.

Assists Site Controller in updating the emergency plan, organizing mock drills,

verification of inventory of emergency facilities and furnishing report to Site Controller.

Maintains liaison with Civil Administration.

Ensures availability of canteen facilities and maintenance of rehabilitation centre.

He will liaise with Site Controller/Incident Controller.

Ensures transportation facility.

Ensures availability of necessary cash for rescue/rehabilitation and emergency

expenditure.




Controls rehabilitation of affected areas on discontinuation of emergency.

Makes available diesel/petrol for transport vehicles engaged in emergency operation.

7.7.9 General Responsibilities of Employees during an Emergency

During an emergency, it becomes more enhanced and pronounced when an emergency warning

is raised; the workers, if they are in charge of process equipment, should adopt safe and

emergency shut down and attend to any prescribed duty as essential employee. If no such

responsibility is assigned, he should adopt a safe course to assembly point and await instructions.

He should not resort to spread panic. On the other hand, he must assist emergency personnel

towards objectives of DMP.

7.7.10 Emergency Facilities

7.7.10.1 Emergency Control Centre (ECC)

M/s Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. will establish an Emergency Control Centre. It will have

external telephone, telefax and telex facility. All the Site Controller/ Incident Controller Officers,

Senior Personnel would be located here. The following information and equipment will be

provided at the Emergency Control Centre (ECC):

Intercom, telephone

P and T telephone

Safe contained breathing apparatus

Fire suit/gas tight goggles/gloves/helmets

Hand tools, wind direction/velocities indicators

Public address megaphone, hand bell, telephone directories

(Internal, P and T) factory layout, site plan

Emergency lamps/torch lights/batteries

Plan indicating locations of hazard inventories, plant control room, sources of safety

equipment, work road plan, assembly points, rescue location, vulnerable zones, and

escape routes




Hazard chart

Emergency shut-down procedures

Nominal roll of employees

List of key personnel, list of essential employees, list of Emergency Co-ordinators

Duties of key personnel

Addresses with telephone numbers of key personnel, emergency coordinator, and

essential employees.

Important addresses and telephone numbers including Government agencies, neighboring

industries and sources of help, outside experts, chemical fact sheets, population details

around the factory.

7.7.10.2 Assembly Point

Number of assemblies depending upon the plant location would be identified wherein employees

who are not directly connected with the disaster management would be assembled for safety and

rescue. Emergency breathing apparatus, minimum facilities like water etc. would be organized.

In view of the size of plant, different locations are earmarked as assembly points. Depending

upon the location of hazard, the assembly points are to be used.

7.7.10.3 Emergency Power Supply

Plant facilities would be connected to Generator and would be placed in auto mode. Thus, water

pumps, plant’s lighting and emergency control centre, administrative building and other auxiliary

services are connected to emergency power supply. In all the blocks, flameproof type emergency

lamps would be provided.

7.7.10.4 Fire Fighting Facilities

First Aid and Firefighting equipment suitable for emergency are maintained well in each section

in the plant. This would be developed according to the statutory requirements. However, fire

hydrant line covering major areas has been laid. Fire alarms have been located in the bulk

storage areas.




7.7.10.5 Location of Wind Sock

Windsocks exist in the plant.

7.7.10.6 Emergency Medical Facilities

Stretchers, gas masks and general first aid materials for dealing with chemical burns, fire burns

etc. will be maintained in the medical centre as well as in the emergency control room. Private

medical practitioners’ help would be sought. Government hospital would be approached for

emergency help. Apart from plant first aid facilities, external facilities would be augmented.

Names of medical personnel and medical facilities in the area would be Prepared and updated.

Necessary specific medicines for emergency Treatment of burns patients and for those affected

by toxicity would be maintained. Breathing apparatus and other emergency medical equipment

would be provided and maintained. The help of nearby industrial managements in this regard

would be taken on mutual support basis.

7.7.11 Emergency Actions

7.7.11.1 Emergency Warning

Communication of emergency will be made familiar to the personnel inside the plant and people

outside. An emergency warning system has already been established in the plant.

7.7.11.2 Emergency Shutdown

There are a number of facilities which can be provided to help deal with hazardous conditions,

when a tank is on fire. The suggested arrangements are:

Stop feed

Dilute contents

Remove heat

Deluge with water

Transfer contents. Whether a given method is appropriate depends on the particular case.




Cessation of agitation may be the best action in some instances but not in others.

Stopping of the feed may require the provision of bypass arrangements.

Methods of removing additional heat include removal through the normal cooling arrangements

or use of an emergency cooling system. Cooling facilities, which use vaporizing liquid, may be

particularly effective, since a large increase in vaporization can be obtained by dropping

pressure.

7.7.11.3 Evacuation of Personnel

There could be more number of persons in the storage area and other areas in the vicinity. The

area would have adequate number of exits and staircases. In the event of an emergency,

unconnected personnel have to escape to assembly point. Operators have to take emergency

shutdown procedure and escape. Time Office maintains a copy of deployment of employees in

each shift. If necessary, persons can be evacuated by rescue teams.

7.7.11.4 All Clear Signal

Also, at the end of an emergency, after discussing with Incident Controllers and Emergency Co-

coordinators, the Site Controller orders an all clear signal. When it becomes essential, the Site

Controller communicates to the District Emergency Authority, Police, and Fire Service

personnel regarding help required or development of the situation into an Off-Site Emergency.

7.7.12 General parameters

7.7.12.1Employee Information

During an emergency, employees would be warned by raising siren in specific pattern.

Employees would be given training of escape routes, taking shelter, protecting from toxic effects.

Employees would be provided with information related to fire hazards, antidotes and first aid

measures. Those who would be designated as key personnel and essential employees should be

given training in emergency response.




7.7.12.2 Public Information and Warning

The industrial disaster effects related to this plant may mostly be confined to the plant area. The

detailed risk analysis has indicated that the pool fire effects would not be felt outside. However,

as an abundant precaution, the information related to chemicals in use would be furnished to

District Emergency Authority (normally the Collector) for necessary dissemination to general

public and for any use during an offsite emergency.

7.7.12.3 Co-ordination with Local Authorities

Keeping in view the nature of the emergency, two levels of co-ordination are proposed. In the

case of an On Site Emergency, resources within the organization would be mobilized and in the

event of an extreme emergency, local authorities’ help should be sought.

In the event of an emergency developing into an offsite emergency, local authority and District

Emergency Authority (normally the Collector) would be appraised and under his supervision, the

Off Site Disaster Management Plan would be exercised. For this purpose, the facilities that are

available locally, i.e. medical, transport, personnel, rescue accommodation, voluntary

organizations etc. would be mustered. Necessary rehearsals and training in the form of mock

drills should be organized.

7.8 Off-Site Emergency Preparedness Plan

The off-site plan will be prepared with the help of the local district authorities. The proposed

plan will be based on the following guidelines.

7.8.1 Introduction

Off-site emergency plan follows the on-site emergency plan. When the consequences of an

emergency situation go beyond the plant boundaries, it becomes an off-site emergency. Off-site

emergency is essentially the responsibility of the public administration. However, the factory

management will provide the public administration with the technical information relating to the

nature, quantum and probable consequences on the neighboring population. The off-site plan in

detail will be based on those events, which are most likely to occur, but other less likely events,




which have severe consequence, will also be considered. Incidents, which have very severe

consequences yet have a small probability of occurrence, should also be considered during the

preparation of the plan. However, the key feature of a good off-site emergency plan is flexibility

in its application to emergencies other than those specifically included in the formation of the

plan.

The roles of the various parties who will be involved in the implementation of an off-site plan

are described below. Depending on local arrangements, the responsibility for the off-site plan

should either rest with the works management or, with the local authority. Either way, the plan

should identify an emergency coordinating officer, who would take the overall command of the

off-site activities. As with the on-site plan, an emergency control centre should be set up within

which the emergency coordinating officer can operate. An early decision will be required in

many cases on the advice to be given to people living "within range" of the accident; in

particular, whether they should be evacuated or told to go indoor. In the latter case, the decision

can regularly be reviewed in the event of an escalation of the incident.

Consideration of evacuation may include the following factors:

In the case of a major fire but without explosion risk (e.g. an oil storage tank), only

houses close to the fire are likely to need evacuation, although a severe smoke hazard

may require this to be reviewed periodically

If a fire is escalating and in turn threatening a store of hazardous material, it might be

necessary to evacuate people nearby, but only if there is time; if insufficient time exists,

people should be advised to stay indoors and shield themselves from the fire For release

or potential release of toxic materials, limited evacuation may be appropriate downwind

if there is time. The decision would depend partly on the type of housing "at risk".

Conventional housing of solid construction with windows closed offers substantial

protection from the effects of a toxic cloud, while shanty house, which can exist close to

factories, offers little or no protection

7.8.2 Aspects Proposed to be considered in the Off-Site Emergency Plan

The main aspects, which should be included in the emergency plan, are:




7.8.2.1 Organization

Details of command structure, warning systems, implementation procedures, emergency control

centers. Names and appointments of incident controller, site main controller, their deputies and

other key personnel.

7.8.2.2 Communications

Identification of personnel involved, communication centre, call signs, network, lists of

telephone numbers.

7.8.2.3 Specialized knowledge

Details of specialist bodies, firms and people upon whom it may be necessary to call e.g. those

with specialized chemical knowledge, laboratories.

7.8.2.4 Voluntary organizations

Details of organizers, telephone numbers, resources etc.

7.8.2.5 Chemical information

Details of the hazardous substances stored or processed on each site and a summary of the risk

associated with them.

7.8.2.6 Meteorological information

Arrangements for obtaining details of weather conditions prevailing at the time and weather

forecasts.

7.8.2.7 Humanitarian arrangements

Transport, evacuation centers, emergency feeding treatment of injured, First aid, ambulances,

temporary mortuaries.

7.8.2.8 Public information

Arrangements for: (a) dealing with the media press office; (b) informingrelatives, etc.

7.8.2.9 Assessment

Arrangements for: (a) collecting information on the causes of the emergency; (b) reviewing the

efficiency and effectiveness of all aspects of the emergency plan.




7.8.2.10 Role of the Emergency Co-ordinating Officer

The various emergency services should be co-ordinated by an emergency co-ordinating officer

(ECO), who will be designated by the District Collector. The ECO should liaise closely with the

Site Controller. Again, depending on local arrangements, for very severe incidents with major or

prolonged off-site consequences, the external control should be passed on to a senior local

authority administrator or even an administrator appointed by the central or state government.

7.8.2.11 Role of the Local Authority

The duty to prepare the off-site plan lies with the local authorities. The emergency planning

officer (EPO) appointed should carry out his duty in preparing for a whole range of different

emergencies within the local authority area. The EPO should liase with the works, to obtain the

information to provide the basis for the plan. This liaison should ensure that the plan is

continually kept up to date.

It will be the responsibility of the EPO to ensure that all those organizations, which will be

involved off site in, handling the emergency, know of their role and are able to accept it by

having for example, sufficient staff and appropriate equipment to cover their particular

responsibilities. Rehearsals for off-site plans should be organized by the EPO.

7.8.2.12 Role of Police

Formal duties of the police during an emergency include protecting life and property and

controlling traffic movements. Their functions should include controlling bystanders, evacuating

the public, identifying the dead and dealing with casualties, and informing relatives of dead or

injured.

7.8.2.13 Role of Fire Authorities

The control of a fire should normally be the responsibility of the senior fire brigade officer who

would take over the handling of the fire from the site incident controller on arrival at the site.

The senior fire brigade officer should also have a similar responsibility for other events, such as

explosions and toxic release. Fire authorities in the region should be apprised about the location

of all stores of flammable materials, water and foam supply points, and fire-fighting equipment.




They should be involved in on-site emergency rehearsals both as participants and, on occasion,

as observers of exercises involving on-site personnel.

7.8.2.14 Role of Health Authorities

Health authorities, including doctors, surgeons, hospitals, ambulances, and similar other

persons/institutions should have a vital part to play following a major accident, and they should

form an integral part of the emergency plan. For major fires, injuries should be the result of the

effects of thermal radiation to a varying degree, and the knowledge and experience to handle this

in all but extreme cases may be generally available in most hospitals. For major toxic releases,

the effects vary according to the chemical in question, and the health authorities should be

apprised about the likely toxic releases from the plant, which will enable them to deal with the

aftermath of a toxic release with treatment appropriate to such casualties. Major off-site incidents

are likely to require medical equipment and facilities inadditional to those available locally, and

a medical "mutual aid" scheme shouldexist to enable the assistance of neighboring authorities to

be obtained in theevent of an emergency.

7.8.2.15 Role of Government Safety Authority

This will be the factory inspectorate available in the region. Inspectors are likely to want to

satisfy themselves that the organization responsible for producing the off-site plan has made

adequate arrangements for handling emergencies of all types including major emergencies. They

may wish to see well documented procedures and evidence of exercise undertaken to test the

plan. In the event of an accident, local arrangements regarding the role of the factory inspector

will apply. These may vary from keeping a watch to a close involvement in advising on

operations. While the industry will activate the DMP and take necessary alleviating measures

and arrange to extend all medical and security support, the factory inspectorate may be the only

external agency with equipment and resources to carry out appropriate tests to assess the impact.




7.8.3 External agencies contact details involved during emergency

Table No. 7.8: Details of external agencies to be involved during emergency

Sr

No

Name of Hospital Address Telephone Distances

1 Dr. Dhruv(

Amrutaparicharini

Hospital)

Varse village, Tal.

Roha,Dist. Raigad.

02194-263218

4 km

2 Dr. Jadhav( Suman eye

clinic)

Roha village, Tal. Roha,

DistRagad

02194-233435

5 km

3 Jadhav Nursing Home Roha village, Tal. Roha,

DistRagad

02194-233232 5 km

Sr

No

Name of Police Station Address Telephone Distances

1 Dhatav Police Station Dhatav village, Tal. Roha,

Dist. Raigad

02194-263520 1 km

2 Roha Police Station Roha village, Tal. Roha,

DistRagad

02194-234933 6 km

Sr

No

Name of Fire Station Address Telephone Distances

1 Dhatav fire station Dhatav village, Tal. Roha,

Dist. Raigad

02194-263300

02194-263600

0.8 km

Sr

No

Name of MIDC Address Telephone Distances

1 Dhatav MIDC office Office of the Deputy

engineer, sub division-

Dhatav, Dhatav village, Tal.

Roha, Dist. Raigad

02194-263825 2 km

Sr

No

Name of

Grampanchayat

Address Telephone Distances

1 YashwantGrampancha

yat, Dhtav

YashwantGrampanchayat,

Dhtav village, Tal. Roha,

Dist. Raigad

02194-263664 1.5 km

Sr

No

Name of PCD Address Telephone Distances

1 Maharashtra Pollution

Control Board, Raigad

MPCB, Regional Office,

RaigadBhavan, 6th floor,

sector- 11, CBD Belapur,

Navi Mumbai - 400614

27576031

Fax:-

2756-2132

Approx.

90 km




Sr

No

Name of CETP Address Telephone Distances

1 RIA CETP RIA-CETP, C- Building,

Plot No. 06, Tal. Roha, Dist.

Raigad

02194-263599

Fax no-

02194-264594

0.8 km

7.8 Resettlement & Rehabilitation Details

The proposed project is a green field activity which will be executed within the purchased

factory premises hence rehabilitation & resettlement aspects are not applicable in this project.


Chapter 8 – Project Benefits


Chapter 8 –Project Benefits

M/s Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. proposed to establish their new manufacturing unit of

perfumery grade products at plot no: 21/2, Dhatav MIDC, Roha, raigad , Maharashtra. The

establishment of this new project will be beneficial to the surrounding area/community in terms

of employment generation, social development & other indirect benefits. This project will also

reduce the demand & supply gap of high quality perfumery grade products in local as well as

international market. It is anticipated that the proposed activity will provide benefits to locals

during both construction & operational phase thereby helping in up-liftmen of the locale specific

socioeconomic stature of the project affected area.

Overall benefits of the project can be summarized as follows:

1) The plant will be located at Notified Industrial Area, therefore no human displacement or

habitat loss is envisaged.

2) Improvement in locale specific socio-economic aspects.

3) It will help in improving the infrastructural facilities

4) Company will employ around 105 persons. The company would try to employ the local

people under skilled workers and worker section to boost the economic condition of the

surrounding area.

5) Under CSR activities the company will focus on locale specific aspects such as education &

skill development, Health awareness to the people, water and sanitation and various social

activities.

6) The project will also contribute in increase in revenue in form of various taxes which will be

paid to government time to time. Company will also export their products to other country that

also can be benefitted to the country by increase in excise and vat revenues.


Chapter 8 – Project Benefits


7) The CSR activities planned by company can be considerably very beneficial for health,

education, development of poor people, welfare of women & labour and support to disabled

persons etc.

Thus a significant benefit to the socio-economic environment is likely to be created due to the

proposed project and the project will help in developing the national income.


Chapter 9 – Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis


Chapter 9: Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis

The proposed project falls under the schedule 5 (f), category ‘A’ as per the EIA Notification,

2006. The environmental cost benefit analysis was not made mandatory in the project specific

terms of references accorded to M/s Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. by the Expert Appraisal

Committee – MoEF&CC during 17th

EAC (industry-2) meeting dated 26th

-29th

December 2016.

Also the Standard Terms of References published by the MOEF & CC on April 2015 does not

include the environmental cost benefit analysis in the general & specific TOR prescribed for

Synthetic Organic chemicals industry which falls under schedule 5 (f).


Chapter 10 – Environmental Management Plan


Chapter 10: Environmental Management Plan

10.1 Introduction

Every industrial development is associated with the positive and negative impacts on

environmental components. Though the probable negative impacts cannot be nullified

completely the much required developmental activities cannot be impeded.

Environmental Impact Assessment helps in identifying potentially environmental impacts of a

proposed project activity. Based on the finding of the impact assessment, Environment

Management Plan is devised to minimize the adverse impacts and enumerate various steps to be

taken for improvement of the environment. Environmental Management Plan helps in

formulation, implementation and monitoring of environmental parameters during &

commissioning of project. Environment Management Plan (EMP) is the tool to ensure a safe and

clean environment. A project may have identified proper mitigation measures but without a

management plan to execute it, the desired results may not be obtained. The Environment

Management Plan envisages proper implementation of mitigation measures to reduce the adverse

impacts arising out of the project activities.

Some of the major objectives of the EMP are:

Ensure the project implementation with minimal impacts on all environmental components

Minimize the impacts on socio- economic indicators of local and adjoining regions

Maintain the highest level of readiness for meeting the needs of any deviation in sustainability

practices

Systematic implementation with adequate manpower, budget and action plan for EMP




To demonstrate the effectiveness of EMP workability along with the project proponent’s

commitment.

10.2 Organizational Structure of Environmental Management

Figure No. 10.1: Schematic Representation of organizational structure of environment

Management

EHS MANAGER

EHS OFFICERS / SAFETY OFFICER

Maintenance Dept.

ETP CHEMIST

MANAGING DIRECTOR




10.3 Budget for Environmental Management / Environmental Pollution Control Measures

Table No. 10.1: EMP Budget

Sr.

No.

Particular Recurring Cost

per annum

(Rs. in Lacs)

Capital

Cost

(Rs. In Lacs)

1 Air Pollution Control 4.5 40

2 Water Pollution Control 21.8 217.75

3 Noise Pollution Control 0.5 0.5

4 Solid waste management 2.5 -

5. Environment Monitoring 3.5 -

6 Occupational Health 2.0 4.9

7 Green Belt 1.05 3.50

8 RWH 1.0 5.0

Total 36.85 271.6

10.4 Details of EMP Budgetary Allocation

The proposed budgetary allocation has been made with a view to install new pollution control

devices & management of overall environment during the operational phase the basis and

estimated costing of the EMP budget is as depicted in the following table.




Table No.10.2: Justification of EMP budgetary allocation

Sr.

no

Compon

ent

Particulars Estimated

Cost

(INR)

Budgetary

Allocation

Capital

Investment

(INR)

Budgetary

Allocation

Recurring

Expenditure

(INR)

1 Air Construction of new stacks

Implementation of carbon

adsorption system.

29,00,000 30,00,000 3,20,000

Scrubbers for Process

Emissions

9,00,000 10,00,000 1,30,000

2 Noise Noise Pollution Control,

Installation of anti-vibration

pads, & Enclosures.

48,000 50,000 50,000

3 Water Purchase of 158CMD

capacity MEE

with ATFD & Construction

of ETP

2,15,00,000 2,17,75,000 21,80,000

4 Environ

ment

Monitori

ng

&

Manage

ment

Quarterly Environment

Monitoring

-- -- 3,50,000

Ambient Air Monitoring PM10,

PM2.5,

SO2, NOx,

CO

Work Place Air Monitoring VOCs &

Fugitive

Emissions

Boiler & DG Set Monitoring TPM, SO2,

NOx

Effluent (Treated

&Untreated)

pH, COD,

BOD,

TSS, TDS,

Oil &

Grease

5 Occupati

onal

Health

Glares, Breathing

Masks,Gloves,

Boots, Helmets, Ear Plugs

etc. &

annual health-medical

4,50,000 4,90,000 2,00,000




checkup of workers,

Occupational Health

(training, OHC center)

6 Green

Belt

Installation of water drip 2,96,000 3,50,000 --

Green Belt Maintenance -- -- 1,05,000

7 Solid

Waste

Manage

ment

Solid Waste Management -- -- 2,50,000

8 Rain

Water

Harvestin

g Tank

Annual Cleaning up and

maintenance of RWH tanks

4,80,000 5,00,000 1,00,000

Total Cost (INR) 2,65,74,000 2,71,65,000 36,85,000

10.5 Details of Environmental Mitigation Measures

The probable impacts identified & the mitigation measures envisaged for protection of

Environmental Components during the construction and operational phase are as tabulated in the

table below.

Table No.10.3: Overview of probable environmental pollution & mitigation measures



Sr.

No

Environmen

tal

Parameters


Mitigation

Measures

1. Air Quality

Minor dust

emissions from

handling &

transportation of

cement/concrete/st

one aggregates.









Traffic management

for loading and

unloading of the

materials. Regular

sprinkling of water


Avoiding Cement

dust emission,

Managing





wind barrier for


emissions.


from construction

equipments/machi

nery like spade,

shovel, dabber,

drill, hammer,

concrete mixer etc.

Transportation of

construction

materials.


level would be

Temporary/Permanent

hearing loss,

Mental disturbance,


Affecting worker's

performance.

Appropriate PPEs

will be provided to

the workers.

Implementation of

Traffic management.

Development of

Green belt.

3. Water

Quality

Water used for

construction

activity mainly for

concrete mixing,

sprinkling etc.





runoff management

would be

implemented. Storm


provided.

4. Solid Waste

Management

No demolition

work is envisaged

however minor

quantities of solid

waste generation is

anticipated in the

form of

concrete/constructi

on materials left

over.

Unhealthy Work


The solid waste

generated in the

construction phase

would be disposed

off through Thane

Municipal

Corporation.


Sr.No Environmental

Parameters

Aspect

Attributes


Measures

1. Air Quality

Operation of

Boiler

Gaseous

emission from

manufacturing

process, Non

The Maximum

Incremental

concentration of

PM10 – 0.035 ug/m3

PM2.5 - 0.026 ug/m3

SO2 - 1.96 ug/m3










spontaneous

emissions from

transportation of

raw materials &

finished goods.

VOC emission

generated due to

the handling and

storage of the

solvents & other

raw materials.

NOx - 0.274ug/m3

CO - 0.025 ug/m3

The Health effects


matter are majorly

respiratory,

pulmonary injury &

lung cancer etc.

Exposure to SO2 and



Carbon monoxide




the hemoglobin. CO2



global warming &


concentration is a

poisonous gas. The


to VOC emission are





liver, kidney and

central nervous

system etc.


long course of time

may affect the

immediate

surrounding

vegetation stature

physically (leaf


growth etc.) &


affect the overall



premises will be


avoid the dust

generation from

vehicular activity.











will be done.





emission.

8. To control VOC

emission carbon


be implemented.



air emission








Boiler, Reactors,

ancillary utilities

& transportation

activity.

The impacts of high


Temporary/Permanent

hearing loss,

Mental disturbance



performance due to


Workers developing


level of noise

exposure on regular

basis.

The increased noise

level may induce

locale level

disturbances/

temporary migration

of fauna in the


the project area.




equipments for








propagation.


intensity noise




noise level.


management to be

implemented.


around the company


noise barrier.

7. Appropriate PPE


workers.





manufacturing

process.

2. Effluent from

Scrubber

operations

3. Blow down

water from

Boiler and

Cooling Tower.

4.Domestic

wastewater

Indiscriminate


effluents may

contaminate the

surrounding surface

and groundwater &


overall ecology &

agricultural

productivity.

1.All HCOD/TDS



in MEE with ATFD.

2. The Blow down of


will be send to ETP



Treatment.






premises.

5. Treated LCOD


in gardening, C.T.

makeup & Flushing.

4. Solid Waste

Management -

Hazardous

Waste

1. Hazardous

waste generated

from the

manufacturing

process.

2. Sludge

generated from

the ETP

operation.

3. Residue

generated from

the MEE

operation.


& disposal may lead

to contamination of

surrounding soil,


by affecting the

ecology & health of




skin


etc.

1. Hazardous waste

generated from the


will disposed to

CHWTSDF, Taloja.

2. Sludge generated


are disposed to -

CHWTSDF, Taloja.

3. MEE residue

generated from MEE


the brine manufacturers.

Solid Waste

Management -

Non Hazardous

waste

1. Scrap Metal

2. Scrap Plastic

3. Office Waste

4.Food Waste

1.Hap-Hazard

handling & storage

may lead to


Designated area for






5. Carboys &

wooden pellets


may lead to rodent

breeding.


recycled through


Daily housekeeping




facility.




10.6 Fly Ash utilization as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009.

The manufacturing plant & MEE along with ATFD would require steam, to obtain this steam

company will operate three boilers of 800 kg/hr & 2 boilers of 1000kg/Hr. the fuel used for

boiler will be Furnace oil. The maximum ash percentage in FO is around 0.05% i.e. 3.55 kg/D

through combustion of 7100 liters FO per day. Therefore fly ash generation will be negligible &

no utilization of fly ash is envisaged, as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009.

10.7 Action plan for green belt development

Generally a green developed along the factory boundary helps to arrest/capture dust emissions

escaping beyond the factory boundary and also to minimize the noise intensity propagating out

of the factory premises along with improving the aesthetics of project site.

10.7.1 Guidelines considered for green belt development plan

The proposed green belt development plant has been developed on the basis of following

considerations:

Design: As per the additional Terms of Reference (TOR) granted by Expert Appraisal

Committee (EAC) during the 17th

EAC meeting dated 26th

to 29th

December 2016, proposed

green belt areas are demarcated along the periphery of the project boundary as per feasibility.

Selection of plant species: The plants to be planted are selected considering the structure and

composition of vegetation in the study area as observed during baseline assessment study

(preferably native fast growing, non fruiting plants having large leaf area).

10.7.2. Details of existing green belt

Though the proposed project is a green field project however the project plot has been purchased

with the existing infrastructures such as manufacturing buildings, storage area, solvent tank farm

yard, electric transformer yard, security cabin etc. located at 2/12, Dhatav MIDC, Roha, Dist. -

Raigad, Maharashtra, India hence the vegetation prevailing on the project plot was mainly by the




virtue of existing green belt which comprised of various growth forms such as Trees, Shrubs &

Herbs.

The existing green belt is mainly along the southern & eastern boundary of the project plot &

near main gate. A total of 261 plants mostly native evergreen trees with intermittent flowering &

foliageous ornamental plants have been planted. Also the ground vegetation viz. gregarious

herbs, grasses & ephemerals were seen growing in open places of the project plot. The details of

existing green belt are given in Table 1 of Annexure 3.1.

10.7.3 Proposed green belt

Reconnaissance survey were conducted along with the project proponent to identify sites for

proposed green belt & the areas thus demarcated for the proposed green belt were plotted on the

Autocad system the layout plan thus generated is depicted below.




Figure No. 10.2: Sites identified for proposed green belt development at Ambernath

Organics Pvt. Ltd.




10.7.4 Area calculation

The area required for individual large tree/small tree would be as follows:

1. Area required for large/medium size growing tree = 2 x 2 m

Table No.10.4: Detailed break up of existing & proposed green belt

Sr.

No.

Green Belt

Site

Area in sq. m. Location of green belt No. of plants

Existing Proposed Existing Proposed

1 GB-1 12.25 - Towards right of the entry gate 26 -

Individual plants planted along the security cabin 14 -

2 GB-2 - 700.00 Along the western boundary of the plot - Behind meter room - 175

3 GB-3 - 625.00 Along the north western boundary of the plot - Behind Near

proposed rainwater harvesting tank

- 156

4 GB-4 - 444.00 Along the southern boundary of the project plot - Near

proposed parking area

- 111

5 GB-5 177.00 - Near solvent tank farm yard area 48 -

6 GB-6 435.00 - Along the eastern boundary of the project plot 135 -

7 GB-7 528.5 - Along the northern boundary of the project plot - Near storage

area

-

8 GB-8 - 240.00 Along the northeastern boundary of the project plot - 60

9 GB-9 - 500.00 Along the northeastern boundary of the project plot - 125

10 GB-10 144.00 -- Toward left of the entry gate 38 -

Total 1296.75 2509.00 261 627

3805.75 888




10.7.5 Action plan & estimated budgetary allocation for proposed green belt development

The proposed green belt in an area of 2509.00 sq. m. will be developed in a phase wise manner

viz. plantation will be done in two phases such as Phase -I during February 2017 & Phase - II

during June 2017 as described below.

Table No.10.5: Estimated budgetary expenditure for plantation for Phase -I

Estimate for block plantation - Phase I February 2017

Plantation to be done on sites: GB-2 & GB-3

Total area: 1325.00 sq. m.

No. of plants to be planted: 331 plants Estimated Expenditure

Sr.

No. Particulars of work Magnitude

Rate ( Rs.) per

unit

Amount

(Rs.)

1 Alignment & Digging of pits 331 85.00 28,135.00

2 Purchase of plants (Large growing trees) 331 150.00 49,650.00

3

Transportation cost (transportation of plants

to project site including loading &

unloading) & planting in pits

18,000.00 18,000.00

4 Purchase of soil & fertilizers 45,000.00 45,000.00

5 Purchase of bricks (for green belt

bordering/fencing) 13,000.00 13,000.00

Total 1,53,785.00

Table No.10.6: Estimated budgetary expenditure for plantation for Phase -II

Estimate for block plantation - Phase II June 2017

Plantation to be done on sites: GB-4, GB-8 & GB-

9

Total area: 1184.00 sq. m.

No. of plants to be planted: 296 plants

Estimated Expenditure

Sr.

No. Particulars of work Magnitude

Rate ( Rs.) per

unit

Amount

(Rs.)




1 Alignment & Digging of pits 296 90 26,640.00

2 Purchase of plants (Large growing trees) 296 165 48,840.00

3

Transportation cost (transportation of plants

to project site including loading &

unloading) & planting in pits

15,500.00 15,500.00

4 Purchase of soil & fertilizers 41,500.00 41,500.00

5 Purchase of bricks (for green belt

bordering/fencing) 10,500.00 10,000.00

Total 1,42,480.00

Table No.10.7: Capital & recurring cost for green belt

Estimated expenditure for green belt

Sr. No. Particular of work Capital Recurring/Annum

1 Development of green belt (as detailed above) 2,96,265.00 -

2 Watering for 8 months (240 days) each sq .m. of

Per day water consumption for green belt = 13,320.00

liter = 13.32 CMD

Now this 13 CMD water to be utilized for green belt

will be reused water from LCOD treated effluent.

Hence there will not be any fresh water requirement for

green belt

- -

3 Caretaker 1 No. for 12 month @ 1x7,000/month - 90,000.00

4 Miscellaneous expenditures (soil, manure/fertilizer

etc.)

- 15,000.00

Total 2,96,265.00 1,05,000.00




10.7.6 Suggested plant species for proposed green belt development

A mix plantation of native of trees as depicted in the below table is suggested for proposed green

belt & replacement of any dead tree in the existing green belt.

Table No.10.8: Suggested plant species for proposed green belt

Sr.

No.

Botanical Name Family Common name Habit Origin

status

1 Butea monosperma Fabaceae Palash Tr Na

2 Cassia fistula Caesalpiniaceae Bahava Tr Na

3 Neolamarckia cadamba Rubiaceae Kadamba Tr Na

4 Alstonia scholaris Apocynaceae Saptaparni Tr Na

5 Bombax ceiba Bombacaceae Sawar Tr Na

6 Macaranga peltata Euphorbiaceae Chandwar Tr Na

7 Schleichera oleosa Sapindaceae Kusum Tr Na

8 Terminalia elliptica Combretaceae Ain Tr Na

9 Terminalia paniculata Combretaceae Kinjal Tr Na

10 Bridelia retusa Phyllanthaceae Asana Tr Na

11 Erythrina stricta Fabaceae Panghara Tr Na

12 Oroxylum indicum Bignoniaceae Tetu Tr Na

13 Sterculia guttata Sterculiaceae Kukar Tr Na

14 Pterospermum acerifolium Sterculiaceae Muchkund Tr Na

15 Heterophragma

quadriloculare

Bignoniaceae Waras Tr Na

16 Azadirachta indica Meliaceae Neem Tr Na

17 Cordia dichotoma Boraginaceae Shelu Tr Na

18 Firmiana colorata Sterculiaceae Kaushi Tr Na

19 Tabernaemontana Apocyanaceae Naagkuda Tr Na




alternifolia

20 Holoptelea integrifolia Ulmaceae Ainsadada Tr Na

21 Microcos paniculata Tiliaceae Shirali Tr Na

22 Xylia xylocarpa Mimosaceae Jambha Tr Na

23 Terminalia elliptica Combretaceae Ain Tr Na

24 Grewia tiliifolia Tiliaceae Dhaman Tr Na

25 Bauhinia racemosa Caesalpiniaceae Apta Tr Na

26 Dalbergia sissoo Fabaceae Shisham Tr Na

27 Lagerstroemia lanceolata Lythraceae Nana Tr Na

28 Diospyros melanoxylon Ebenaceae Tendu Tr Na

29 Pongamia pinnata Fabaceae Karanj Tr Na

30 Lannea coromandelica Anacardiaceae Moi Tr Na

31 Kydia calycina Malvaceae Warang Tr Na

32 Salix tetrasperma Salicaceae Walunj Tr Na

33 Haldina cordifolia Rubiaceae Haldu Tr Na

34 Saraca asoca Ceasalpiniaceae Ashok Tr Na

35 Gmelina arborea Lamiaceae Shivan Tr Na

Tr-Tree, Na-Native




10.8 Action plan for rain water harvesting measures at plant site

Rainwater harvesting is a technique used for collecting, storing, and using rainwater for

landscape irrigation and other uses. The rainwater is collected from various hard surfaces such as

roof tops and/or other types of manmade above ground hard surfaces. Proposed project will

built-up rain water harvesting system for collection of rain water which will be utilized for

domestic as well as for gardening during summer season. which will ultimately reduce demand

of fresh water from other sources.

Details of Rainwater harvesting systems are as follows :

1) Rain water harvesting tank of capacity 50 M3

will be constructed

2) Expected rainwater collection will be around 14,09,400 Lit/A

Expected Rain water collection (Approx.) =

Annual rainfall (mm) X Roof Area (sq. m) X (Run off Coefficient)

= 1800 X 870 X 0.9 = 14,09,400 L/annum

3) Expected rain water volume to be utilized in rainy season in four months at the rate

of 3,52,350 L / month

4) 5.0 lakh rupees will be allocated for RWH system.

The rain water harvested will be used for gardening and cooling tower intake purpose. The water

intake will be reduced as the RHW water will be totally used in the plant premises. Company has

made budgetary allocation of Rs. 5,00,000/- for setting up RWH system (Rain water collection

pipes & HDPE 14 KL tank for storage of harvested water) & Rs.1, 00,000/- recurring

expenditure for annual cleaning of RWH tank.




10.9 Storm Water Management

In developed area like Industrial estate or company premises, impervious surface such as

pavements in factory premises prevents precipitation from naturally soaking to the ground,

instead of that water runs into storm drains. Managing the quantity and quality of storm water is

termed, "Storm water Management."

Storm water quantity can be estimated by three methods.

1. SCS Technique : Curve number method of USDA

2. Commercial Software: Storm water management model (SWMM) or STORM

3. Rational Method.

In this section of the report rational method will be used to quantify the amount of storm water

run off per hour in the plant premises.

Rational Method

Q = 10 CiA

Q= Runoff in m3/hr

C = Coefficient of runoff

i = intensity of rainfall in mm/hr

A = Area of drainage in hectares.

Q = 10 x 0.9 x 0.25 x 0.98

Q = 2.20 m3/hr




Conclusion:

The maximum water that can be received during rainy season on the plant is calculated to be

around 2.20 m3/hr.. Hence for proper surface runoff management, it is advised to develop

internal storm water drains of adequate capacity.

10.10 Solvent Management System

Solvents are one of the costly raw materials which get utilized in Chemical Industries; these

solvents are very hazardous in nature, which may cause harm to environmental components. The

main requirement in the industry is minimum inventory maintenance, safe working environment

and accurate dispensing. The solvent dispensing system integrates various operations at solvent

yard and production blocks like unloading, dispensing etc. solvent management start right from

solvent unloading, storage, charging, recovery & reuse of the used solvent.

The solvent utilization, recycling and reuse for proposed project are envisaged as follows:

1) Chemicals will be stored in drums & tanks to avoid handling losses closed feed system will be

provided for filling and unloading of chemicals from the drums.

2) Products will be purified by using various solvents and use solvents will be collected and

recycled or sell to authorize vendors as a by-product.

3) To avoid leakages from drums & pipelines, regular inspection & maintenance will be done.

4) Closed feed system will be adopted for reactor charging

5) Flame proof equipments will be used during maintenance

6) Earthing will be provided wherever solvent to be handled.




Table No.10.9: Solvent use & recovery summary

Sr. No

Name of the Product

Name of the Solvent

Chemical act as

Solvent Used MT/D

Methanol / Butanol Use as reactant

MT/D

Solvent Recovery &

Recycle in 8-9 batches

MT/D

1 Methyl Anthranilate Methanol Reactant &

Solvent 3.98 1.74 2.24

2 Butyl Anthranilate Butanol Reactant &

Solvent 0.249 0.127 0.122

The recovered solvents from the recovery system would be partially reuse for the 6-8 batches

and remaining will be sold to the MPCB authorized vendor viz. Purva Enterprises.

Sr. No

Name of the Product

Name of the Solvent

Chemical act as

Solvent Use

Per kg of product

Solvent Use as

reactant for per kg of

product

Solvent Recovery per kg

of product

% of Recovery of

input

1 Methyl

Anthranilate Methanol

Reactant & Solvent

3.17 0.262 2.91 92%

2 Butyl

Anthranilate Butanol

Reactant & Solvent

3.083 0.383 2.7 88%




10.11 CSR Activity (Enterprises Social Commitment)

Project undertaking social responsibility is not a business posture, but is the result of market

economy development in some stage, is the inner demand of enterprise and self-conscious

action. Social responsibility has become a new competition after the talent, technology and

management, is the important variable effected enterprise sustainable development, true

sustainable and build up harmonious society through undertaking social responsibility.

Since the project comes under MIDC area no public hearing was carried out. For development &

improvement in socio economic condition company will make provisions for fixed budgetary

allocation for social commitment as a part of social responsibility.

After accomplishment of the proposed expansion project, company is willing do following ESC

activities:

Initiatives for clean environment in the nearby areas under Swachh Bharat Abhiyan.


Free medical check-up camp for nearby residents once a year.

Donation to economically backward patients to avail expensive medical facility.

Donate school stationary to needy students in nearby villages.




10.11.1 Action Plan for CSR Activity

Table No.10.10: List of CSR Activity

Cost of

Proposed

Project

Cost for the

CSR Activity

Year of

Implementation

Amount

in Lakhs

Activity

8.73 Cr. is

the Project

Cost.

21.8 Lakh. 2017 4.36 Lakh Initiatives for clean

environment in the nearby areas

under Swachh Bharat Abhiyan.

Plantation drives in the rural

areas

Maintenance of medical

facility buildings in nearby areas

Donation to economically

backward patients to avail

expensive medical facility.

Installation of water filters

and maintenance of the same at

nearby schools

2018 4.36 Lakh

2019 4.36 Lakh

2020 4.36 Lakh

2021 4.36 Lakh

10.12 Occupational Health

Plan & fund allocation to ensure the occupation health and safety of all contract and casual

workers.

The objective of occupational health environment is to provide safe working environment to the

employees of the company. Good occupational health management keeps workers physical

conditions healthy or non-deteriorating in work environment which keeps the worker physically

and psychologically sound. It results in

High productivity

Improved work efficiency

Work satisfaction

Less medical expenses toward employees thereby less recurring cost.




The company has planned all the necessary control measures to prevent air pollution, water

pollution and degradation of soil in the project surrounding areas. Since all the pollution control

measures are planned. Minor accidents, noise, poor ventilation and accidental chemical exposure

are the only possible occupational health hazards from the manufacturing activities. For the

prevention of it, the company will educate the operators and workers for the safety rules,

procedure and preventive measures and to use personnel protective measures.

The company has provided budgetary allocation of Rs. 4,90,000/- for purchase of Personal

Protective Equipments (PPEs) for additional 105 no. man power to be recruited & Rs. 1,00,000/-

as recurring expenditure for annual medical & health checkup of workers as Occupational Health

& Safety measures.

10. 13 Corporate Environmental Policy

PP will develop Environmental Policy considering the following aspects:

To ensure Good Manufacturing Practices (GMP)

To ensure continual improvement of effectiveness of the Environmental Management System

To be responsible for care of environment by promoting Environmental Awareness,

Complying applicable Environmental Regulations

To endeavor for Prevention of pollution in all aspects of operations

To endeavor for maximum conservation of resources

To endeavor for maximum recycle & reuse




10.13.1 Procedure for reporting accident/incident and attending the injured person

1.0 PROCEDURE

1.1 If any accident / incident occurred inform Safety Assistant immediately by verbal/telephone

or by other possible means.

1.2 Give the details of accident/incident like location of accident / incident, person involved in

accident/incident.

1.3 Provide the information about accident/incident like any leakages of toxic/flammable gas or

fire due to leakages of solvent or any other reasons.

1.4 Rescue the victim from affected area to safe area.

1.5 Give first aid to the injured at site as far as possible by trained first aider if required &

analyze the nature of injury whether minor or major. If injury is major or serious take action to

hospitalize.

1.6 Give intimation to safety supervisor & safety dept. at the earliest by verbal/ telephone or by

any other possible means.

1.7 Identify injury & accordingly send injured person to hospital for further treatment if required.

1.8 Fill the internal accident / incident report form (in triplicate) & submit to EHS Department

immediately or at the most on following day of the occurrence of accident /incident.

1.9 Safety officer shall analyze the accident / incident & suggest the remedial measures to

prevent reoccurrences.




10.13.4 System of reporting of non compliance /violations of environmental norms to the

Board of Directors of the company and/or shareholders or stakeholders at large.

PP will developed a system of reporting non compliance/violations of environmental norms in

the following manner,

In case of Non compliance, the lower officer will report to the plant in-charge. The plant in-

charge will report to the company vice president. To close the non compliance board meeting

will be called in which the action plan to attend the non compliance will be discussed. After

discussion the board resolution will be passed which should be implemented in a time bounded

manner.


Chapter 11 – Summary & Conclusion


Chapter 11: Summary & Conclusion

The proposed project of M/s Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd. is a green field project, involved in

manufacturing of perfumery grade products (synthetic organic chemicals) with manufacturing

capacity of 5825 MT/A.

11.1 SALIENT FEATURES OF THE PROJECT

1. Name & Location of the Project : M/s Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd.

Plot No – 21/2, Dhatav MIDC, Raigad

2. Details of Applicant : Mr. Santosh Nandan

Designation – Managing Director

E-mail –

[email protected]

Phone – +91 9820349596

3. Type of Industry : Small Scale Industry, Synthetic Organic

Chemical Manufacturing Unit

4. Type of Land & Status : Project land is owned by M/s Ambernath

Organics Pvt. Ltd.

5. Capital Investment for EMP : 2.71 Cr

6. Recurring Cost for EMP in Cr

/Annum

: 36.85 Lakh

7 Greenbelt area : Total – 3805.75sq.m.

8 Water Pollution Control : 1. The water generated from the

manufacturing process will be subjected to

MEE with ATFD after giving primary

treatment to it.

2. The Low TDS & Low COD stream from

Boiler & cooling tower operation will be

treated in the conventional ETP of 35 CMD

capacity comprises of Primary, Secondary &




Tertiary Treatment.

4. The Domestic effluent load will be

connected to the secondary treatment unit of

ETP, where it will be treated along with

LCOD/LTDS effluent.

5. The proposed project will be done a Zero

Liquid Discharge project.

9 Flue gas emission control : 1. Separate stack of 33 m & 31m high will be

provided for 3 Nos boiler of 800kg/Hr & 2

nos boiler of 1MT/Hr capacity respectively.

10 Process gas emissions : Two Alkali will be provided to mitigate the

process emissions gases like CO2 & Chlorine

traces.

11 Hazardous waste management : 1. Hazardous waste generated from the

manufacturing process will be sold as a

second grade product.

2. Sludge generated from the ETP operations

are disposed to CHWTSDF Taloja.

3. Salts generated by the MEE & ATFD will

be sold to brine manufacturer.

12 Annual Expenditure for CSR

activities

: 4.36 Lakh/A

13 Rehabilitation & Resettlement

Aspects

: The proposed project is a green field activity

which will be executed within the Dhatav

MIDC hence rehabilitation & resettlement

aspects are not applicable

14 Forestry/Wildlife/ Conservation

related aspects

: The proposed project is located in Notified

Dhatav MIDC, Raigad




11.2 Conclusion

It can be concluded that due to provisions and implementation of efficient environmental

management systems including the proposed mitigation measures and environment management

plans, the impacts associated with the project activities during the operational phase would be

manageable and the proposed project will be directly & indirectly beneficial to the surrounding

communities & regions.


Chapter 12 – Disclosure of Consultant


Chapter 12: Disclosure of Consultant

Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA of M/s Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd.

I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA Team in the following, capacity that developed the

above EIA

EIA Coordinator : 5 (f)

Name : Mr. P.R Sadekar

Signature & Date :

Functional Area Experts:

Sr.

No.

Functional

Areas

Name of the

Expert/s

Name of

the Team

Member/s

Involvement

Period &

Task

Signature & Date

1 HG R.G.Deo - February 2015

till date

Task: Impact

Assessment of

HG

Mr.

P.R.Sadekar

February 2015

till date

Task: Assisted

in Impact

Assessment of

HG

2 AP Mr. P. R.

Sadekar

February 2015

till date

Task: Impact

Assessment of

Air Pollution

Mr. Vinay

Gupta

February 2015

till date

Task: Assisted

in Impact

Assessment of

AP




3 WP Mr. P. R.

Sadekar

February 2015

till date

Task: Impact

Assessment of

Water

Pollution

Mr. Amogh

Joshi

February 2015

till date

Task: Assisted

in Impact

Assessment of

WP

4 SHW Mr. Ratikanta

Mohanty

February 2015

till date

Task: Impact

Assessment of

SHW

Mr. P.R.

Sadekar

February 2015

till date

Task: Assisted

in Impact

Assessment of

SHW

5 SE Mr. Prasanjeet

Khanderao

February 2015

till date

Task: Impact

Assessment of

SE

Ms. Najuka

Sawant

February 2015

till date

Task: Assisted

in Impact

Assessment of

SE

6 EB Dr. P.B.

Salaskar

February 2015

till date

Task: Impact

Assessment of

EB




Mr.

Bhaskar

Yengal

February 2015

till date

Task: Assisted

in Impact

Assessment of

EB

7 GEO Mr. Ratikanta

Mohanty

February 2015

till date

Task: Impact

Assessment of

GEO

8 SC Mr.

Bhaskar

Yengal

February 2015

till date

Task: Impact

Assessment of

SC

9 AQ Mr. Ratikanta

Mohanty

February 2015

till date

Task: Impact

Assessment of

AQ

Mr. Vinay

Gupta

February 2015

till date

Task: Assisted

in Impact

Assessment of

AQ

10 NV Mr. Vivek

Navare

February 2015

till date

Task: Impact

Assessment of

NV

Mr. Vinay

Gupta

February 2015

till date

Task: Assisted

in Impact

Assessment of

NV

11 LU Mr. Vasanth

Kumar

February 2015

till date

Task: Impact

Assessment of




LU

Mr.

Bhaskar

Yengal

February 2015

till date

Task: Assisted

in Impact

Assessment of

LU

12 RH

Dr. Srikanth

Fondekar

February 2015

till date

Task: Impact

Assessment of

RH




* One TM against each FAE may be shown

** Please attach additional sheet if required

_________________________________________________________________________________

___

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization /authorized person

I, Prabhakar R Sadekar, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the EIA of

Ambernath Organics Pvt. Ltd., I also confirm that the consultant organization shall be fully

accountable for any misleading information mentioned in this statement.

Signature :

Name : Mr. P.R Sadekar

Designation : Director

Name of the EIA Consultant Organization : M/s Sadekar Enviro Engineers Pvt. Ltd.

310, Dempo Towers, EDC Patto, Panaji – 403001.

Goa State India

NABET Certificate No. & Issue Date : NABET/EIA/1518/RA020 valid up-to 14th

October 2018.

eia report for proposed synthetic organic chemical...

Documents